WO2006000589A1 - 4,6-disubstituted pyrimidines and their use as protein kinase inhibitors - Google Patents

4,6-disubstituted pyrimidines and their use as protein kinase inhibitors Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2006000589A1
WO2006000589A1 PCT/EP2005/053019 EP2005053019W WO2006000589A1 WO 2006000589 A1 WO2006000589 A1 WO 2006000589A1 EP 2005053019 W EP2005053019 W EP 2005053019W WO 2006000589 A1 WO2006000589 A1 WO 2006000589A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
phenyl
compounds
hydrogen
alkyl
bond
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/EP2005/053019
Other languages
German (de)
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2006000589A8 (en
Inventor
Josef Stadlwieser
Thomas Baer
Thomas Maier
Thomas Beckers
Thomas Ciossek
Armin Zuelch
Ulrich Graedler
Wolfgang Wirschun
Matthias Herdemann
Original Assignee
Altana Pharma Ag
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to AU2005256659A priority Critical patent/AU2005256659A1/en
Priority to CNA2005800205458A priority patent/CN1972934A/en
Priority to AT05769611T priority patent/ATE434614T1/en
Priority to CA002570552A priority patent/CA2570552A1/en
Application filed by Altana Pharma Ag filed Critical Altana Pharma Ag
Priority to DE602005015110T priority patent/DE602005015110D1/en
Priority to BRPI0512547-2A priority patent/BRPI0512547A/en
Priority to US11/630,352 priority patent/US7879853B2/en
Priority to EP05769611A priority patent/EP1763526B1/en
Priority to JP2007517306A priority patent/JP5065017B2/en
Priority to MXPA06014747A priority patent/MXPA06014747A/en
Publication of WO2006000589A1 publication Critical patent/WO2006000589A1/en
Publication of WO2006000589A8 publication Critical patent/WO2006000589A8/en
Priority to ZA200609637A priority patent/ZA200609637B/en
Priority to IL179883A priority patent/IL179883A0/en
Priority to NO20070334A priority patent/NO20070334L/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D239/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
    • C07D239/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D239/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D239/28—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D239/32—One oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen atom
    • C07D239/42—One nitrogen atom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D409/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D409/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D409/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing three or more hetero rings

Definitions

  • the invention relates to novel pyrimidine derivatives as inhibitors of protein kinases, in particular of one or more isofomns of the protein kinase B (PKB) / Akt, which can be used in the pharmaceutical industry for the production of pharmaceutical compositions.
  • PPKB protein kinase B
  • Protein kinases are key regulators in many cellular process like signal transduction, proliferation, cell cycle regulation, differentiation and survival / apoptosis as well as pathophysiological alterations within these processes causing diseases. Thus, protein kinases constitute an important target class for therapeutic intervention (P.Cohen, Nature Rev Drug Discovery 1 , 309, 2002; T.G. Cross, et al., Exp. Cell Res. 256, 34-41 , 2000). They can be categorized regarding their substrate specificity, namely enzymes specific for tyrosine and / or serine / threonine residues. Many protein kinases specific for tyrosine residues are membrane associated or membrane spanning enzymes, like the epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR / HER1).
  • EGFR / HER1 epidermal growth factor receptor
  • kinase inhibitors with a defined, pathophysiological inhibition profile are preferred.
  • Glivec potently inhibits not only the bcr-abl kinase, but also the platelet-derived growth factor receptor (PDGF-R) kinase and the c-kit receptor kinase.
  • PDGF-R platelet-derived growth factor receptor
  • kinases causally involved in tumor biology and cancer as a disease are the various vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) receptors, the insulin-like growth factor receptor (IGF1R) and downstream signalling kinases like phosphatidylinositol kinase (PI3K) and phosphoinositide-dependent kinase 1 (PDK1), the EGFR family including HER2, HER3 and HER4, the family of mitotic kinases including polo-like kinases (PLK) and Aurora kinase isoenzymes and raf isoenzymes including B-raf.
  • VEGF vascular endothelial growth factor
  • IGF1R insulin-like growth factor receptor
  • PI3K phosphatidylinositol kinase
  • PDK1 phosphoinositide-dependent kinase 1
  • the EGFR family including HER2, HER3 and HER4
  • Akt protein kinase B
  • PKB protein kinase B
  • IGF-1R insulin-like growth factor 1 receptor
  • PI3K activation After activation by ligand, these receptors activate the PI3K pathway.
  • One aspect of PI3K activation is to protect cells from programmed cell death ("apoptosis") and is hence considered to transduce a survival signal to a cell. This signal is counteracted by the lipid phosphatase PTEN (phosphatase and tensin homolog), cleaving the PI3K product Pl(3, 4, 5)P 3 by removing the 3' phosphate. PTEN is deleted or functionally inactivated in many cancer cells, leading to a constitutive survival signal.
  • PTEN phosphatase and tensin homolog
  • the phosphatidylinositide lipid produced by PI3K can stimulate multiple kinases, including protein kinase B /Akt, which is a central downstream mediator of anti- apoptotic signals transmitted by PI3K (Datta et al., Genes Dev. 1999 Nov 15;13(22):2905-27. Review).
  • the amino terminus of the Akt enzymes contains a PH domain that recruits the protein to the cell membrane by binding to the PI3K product Pl(3, 4, 5)P 3 and Pl(3, 4,)P 2 leading to a conformational change.
  • Akt Akt to be phosphorylated at threonine 308 and serine 473 (numbering of residues according to human Akt1) by the kinase PDK1 and a postulated kinase PDK2.
  • a number of potential substrates within the apoptotic machinery have been identified that are phosphorylated by Akt within the consensus sequence RXRXXS/T.
  • the first Akt substrate identified was glycogen synthase kinase 3 (GSK3; Cross et al., Nature. 1995 Dec 21-28;378(6559):785-9) and phosphorylation of GSK3 at serine 9 results in its inactivation.
  • GSK3 is involved in the regulation of several intracellular signaling pathways including adaptor protein complex 1 (AP1), cAMP-response-element-binding protein (CREB), and the tumor suppressor gene product anaphase promoting complex (APC).
  • AP1 adaptor protein complex 1
  • CREB cAMP-response-element-binding protein
  • APC tumor suppressor gene product anaphase promoting complex
  • phosphorylation of the forkhead transcription factor Forkhead in rhabdomyosarcoma-like 1 (FKH RL1) by Akt at threonine 32 and serine 253 creates a binding motif for 14-3-3 proteins resulting in cytoplasmic retention of FKHRL1 (Brunet et al., Cell. 1999 Mar 19;96(6):857-68); resulting in downregulation of the pro-apoptotic Fas ligand.
  • Caspases are intracellular proteases that function as initiators and effectors of apoptosis.
  • Akt directly phosphorylates caspase-9 at serine 196 and inhibits its protease activity (Cardone et al., Science.
  • Inhibitors of Akt are therefore promising drugs for cancer therapy as effective sensitizers or inducers of apoptosis (Beresford et al., J. Interferon Cytokine Res., 2001, 21, 313-322). By acting as a modulator of anti-apoptotic signalling in tumor cells, the protein kinase B (PKB) / Akt is a target for cancer therapy.
  • PKA protein kinase B
  • Akt protein kinase B
  • Compounds interfering selectively with Akt isoenzmyes have been described recently (Barnett et al. Biochem. J 2005, 385:399-408).
  • Akt inhibitors particular inhibitors of Akt 1 and Akt 2, selectively sensitized tumor cells to apoptotic stimuli like Trail, Campthothecin and Doxorubicin (DeFeo-Jones et al. MoI Cancer Therap 2005, 4:271-279).
  • Akt inhibitors therefore are expected to shift the apoptotic threshold, resensitizing tumor cells towards apoptotic stimuli of eg chemotherapeutic agents or agonists of death receptor pathways, eg Trail or agonistic DR4 / 5 antibodies.
  • Akt inhibitors might induce apoptotic cell death in monotherapy as well.
  • WO 03/037891 contains notionally inter alia generically disclosed N-acylated meta-phenylenediamine derivatives which are said to be glycogen synthase kinase 3 (GSK3) inhibitors.
  • GSK3 glycogen synthase kinase 3
  • WO 02/094831 describes pyridylmethylaminopyrimidines which have activity against Helicobacter bacteria.
  • WO 01/47897 relates to N-heterocyclic compounds that are said to be effective in blocking cytokine production, and in particular the expression of TNF-alpha (TNF- ⁇ ), via inhibition of p38 kinase.
  • WO 2004/048365 discloses pyrimidine based compounds which are said to inhibit the phosphotidylinositol (Pl) 3-kinase.
  • pyrimidine derivatives which are described in greater details below, differ from prior art compounds by unanticipated specific structural features and have surprising and particularly advantageous properties.
  • these pyrimidine derivatives act as inhibitors of protein kinases, in particular one or more isoforms of the protein kinase B (PKB) / Akt.
  • PKA protein kinase B
  • the invention thus relates in one embodiment (embodiment 1) of a first aspect (aspect a) to compounds of formula I
  • R1 is Ar1 , Haii , Aa1 , Hh1 , Ah1 , or Ha1
  • Ar1 is phenyl, R11 - and/or R12-substituted phenyl, naphthyl, R13-substituted naphthyl, or fluorenyl, in which R11 is 1-4C-alkoxy, 1 -4C-alkoxy-2-4C-alkoxy, halogen, phenoxy, 1-4C-alkylcarbonyl or phenyl-1-4C- alkoxy, R12 is 1-4C-alkoxy,
  • R13 is 1-4C-alkoxy
  • Har1 is optionally substituted by R14 and is a monocyclic, fused bi- or tricyclic 5- to 14-membered heteroaryl radical comprising one to three heteroatoms, each of which is selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, in which R14 is 1-4C-alkyl or phenylsulphonyl,
  • Aa1 is optionally substituted by R15 and is a bisaryl radical made up of two aryl groups, which are selected independently from a group consisting of phenyl and naphthyl, and which are linked together via a single bond, and in which R15 is halogen,
  • Hh1 is a bisheteroaryl radical made up of two heteroaryl groups, which are selected independently from a group consisting of monocyclic 5- or 6-membered j heteroaryl radicals comprising one or two heteroatoms, each of which is selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and which are linked together via a single bond,
  • Ah1 is an arylheteroaryl radical made up of an aryl group selected from a group consisting of phenyl and naphthyl, and a heteroaryl group selected from a group consisting of monocyclic 5- or 6- membered heteroaryl radicals comprising one or two heteroatoms, each of which is selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, whereby said aryl and heteroaryl groups are linked together via a single bond,
  • Ha1 is a heteroarylaryl radical made up of a heteroaryl group selected from a group consisting of monocyclic 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl radicals comprising one or two heteroatoms, each of which is selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and an aryl group selected from a group consisting of phenyl and naphthyl, whereby said heteroaryl and aryl groups are linked together via a single bond,
  • R2 is hydrogen, halogen or 1-4C-alkyl
  • R3 is -U-Ar2, or -V-Har2, in which U is a bond, 1 -4C-alkylene, or 1 -4C-alkylene substituted with amino-1-4C-alkyl
  • Ar2 is phenyl, or R31- and/or R32- and/or R321 -substituted phenyl, in which R31 is 1-4C-alkyl, 1-4C-alkoxy, halogen, nitro, trifluoromethyl, cyano, amidino, or -W-R311, in which W is a bond or 1 -4C-alkylene
  • R311 is -N(R312)R313, halogen, or Het1
  • R312 is hydrogen, 1-4C-alkyl, 1-4C-alkoxycarbonyl or 1-4C-alkoxy-2-4C-alkyl
  • R313 is hydrogen, 1-4C-al
  • the invention further relates in another embodiment (embodiment 2) of a first aspect (aspect a) to compounds of formula I in which R1 is Ar1 or Har1 , in which Ar1 is fluorenyl,
  • Har1 is optionally substituted by R14 and is a fused tricyclic 13- or 14-membered heteroaryl radical comprising one to three heteroatoms, each of which is selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, in which R14 is 1 -4C-alkyl or phenylsulphonyl,
  • R2 is hydrogen, halogen or 1-4C-alkyl
  • R3 is -U-Ar2, or -V-Har2, in which U is a bond, 1-4C-alkylene, or 1 -4C-alkylene substituted with amino-1-4C-alkyl
  • Ar2 is phenyl, or R31- and/or R32- and/or R321 -substituted phenyl, in which R31 is 1-4C-alkyl, 1-4C-alkoxy, halogen, nitro, trifluoromethyl, cyano, amidino, or -W-R311, in which W is a bond or 1 -4C-alkylene
  • R311 is -N(R312)R313, halogen, or Het1, in which R312 is hydrogen, 1-4C-alkyl, 1-4C-alkoxycarbonyl or 1-4C-alkoxy-2-4C-alkyl.
  • R313 is hydrogen, 1-4C-alkyl or 1-4C-alkoxy-2-4C-alkyl
  • Het1 is optionally substituted by R314 and is a monocylic 3- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic ring, which comprises one or two heteroatoms selected from a group consisting of oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur, and which is bonded to the moiety W via a ring carbon atom or via a ring nitrogen atom
  • R314 is 1-4C-alkyl or 1-4C-alkoxycarbonyl
  • R32 is 1-4C-alkoxy or halogen, or R31 and R32 bonded to the phenyl ring in ortho position to each other form together a 1-2C- alkylenedioxy group
  • R321 is 1-4C-alkoxy
  • V is a bond
  • Har2 is optionally substituted by R33 and/or R34 and is a monocyclic or fused bicyclic 5- to 10- membered unsaturated or partially saturated hetero
  • 1-4C-Alkyl represents a straight-chain or branched alkyl radical having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Examples which may be mentioned are the butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, propyl, isopropyl and preferably the ethyl and methyl radicals.
  • 2-4C-Alkyl represents a straight-chain or branched alkyl radical having 2 to 4 carbon atoms. Examples which may be mentioned are the butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, propyl, isopropyl and preferably the ethyl and propyl radicals.
  • 1-4C-Alkylene is a straight or branched chain alkylene radical having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • straight chain alkylene radicals are methylene (-CH 2 -), ethylene (-CH 2 -CH 2 -), trimethylene (-CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -) and the tetramethylene (-CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -) radical.
  • branched chain alkylene radical is the 1,1-dimethyl-methylene radical.
  • 1-4C-Alkoxy represents radicals which, in addition to the oxygen atom, contain a straight-chain or branched alkyl radical having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Examples which may be mentioned are the butoxy, isobutoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy and preferably the ethoxy and methoxy radicals.
  • 2-4C-Alkoxy represents radicals which, in addition to the oxygen atom, contain a straight-chain or branched alkyl radical having 2 to 4 carbon atoms. Examples which may be mentioned are the butoxy, isobutoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy and preferably the ethoxy radicals.
  • 1-4C-Alkoxy-2-4C-alkoxy represents one of the abovementioned 2-4C-alkoxy radicals, which is substituted by one of the abovementioned 1-4C-alkoxy radicals.
  • Examples which may be mentioned are the 2-methoxyethoxy, 2-ethoxyethoxy and the 2-isopropoxyethoxy radicals.
  • Phenyl-1-4C-alkoxy represents one of the abovementioned 1-4C-alkoxy radicals, which is substituted by a phenyl radical. Examples which may be mentioned are the phenethoxy and the benzyloxy radicals.
  • 1-4C-Alkoxy-2-4C-alkyl represents one of the abovementioned 2-4C-alkyl radicals, which is substituted by one of the abovementioned 1 -4C-alkoxy radicals. Examples which may be mentioned are the 2-methoxyethyl, 2-ethoxyethyl and the 2-isopropoxyethyl radicals. ⁇
  • 1-2C-Alkylenedioxy represents, for example, the methylenedioxy [-0-CH 2 -O-] and the ethylenedioxy [-0-CH 2 -CH 2 -O-] radicals.
  • Amino-1-4C-alkyl represents one of the abovementioned 1-4C-alkyl radicals, which is substituted by an amino radical. Examples which may be mentioned are the aminomethyl, 2-aminoethyl and the 3- aminopropyl radicals.
  • 1-4C-Alkylene substituted with amino-1-4C-alkyl may include, for example, one of the abovementioned 1-4C-alkylene radicals, particularly one of the abovementioned straight chain alkylene radicals, such as, for example, the amino-1-4C-alkyl-methylene radicals, e.g. the aminomethyl-methylene radical.
  • Halogen within the meaning of the invention is bromine, chlorine or fluorine.
  • 1-4C-Alkylcarbonyl represents a radical which, in addition to the carbonyl group, contains one of the abovementioned 1-4C-alkyl radicals.
  • An example which may be mentioned is the acetyl radical.
  • 1-4C-Alkoxycarbonyl represents a radical which, in addition to the carbonyl group, contains one of the abovementioned 1-4C-alkoxy radicals. Examples which may be mentioned are the methoxycarbonyl, the ethoxycarbonyl and the tertbutoxycarbonyl radicals.
  • Har1 is optionally substituted by R14 and is a monocyclic, fused bi- or tricyclic 5- to 14-membered heteroaryl radical comprising one to three heteroatoms, each of which is selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur.
  • Har1 is attached to the pyrimidine moiety via a ring carbon atom.
  • Har1 is optionally substituted by R14 on a ring nitrogen atom.
  • a first embodimental subdetail of Har1 according to this invention includes the monocyclic radicals such as, without being restricted thereto, furanyl, thiophenyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl or pyridazinyl.
  • a second embodimental subdetail of Har1 according to this invention includes the bicyclic radicals such as, without being restricted thereto, benzo-fused analogues of the aforementioned monocyclic radicals like e.g.
  • quinazolinyl quinoxalinyl, cinnolinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, phthalazinyl, benzothiophenyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl or benzimidazolyl, or naphthyridinyl, indolizinyl or purinyl.
  • a third embodimental subdetail of HaM according to this invention includes the tricyclic, radicals such as, without being restricted thereto, carbazolyl, phenanthridinyl, acridinyl, carbolinyl, phenazinyl, dibenzofuranyl, dibenzothiophenyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, phenoxathiinyl or thianthrenyl.
  • Har1 As further examples for Har1 according to this invention may be mentioned, without being restricted thereto, R14-substituted derivatives of the abovementioned exemplary Har1 radicals, notably Har1 radicals, which are substituted by R14 on a ring nitrogen atom and which are selected from a group consisting of pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzimidazolyl, carbazolyl, carbolinyl, purinyl, phenothiazinyl or phenoxazinyl.
  • Har1 radicals may be more precisely mentioned, for example, dibenzofuranyl, indolyl, quinolinyl, pyridinyl, benzothiophenyl, thianthrenyl, dibenzothiophenyl, N-phenylsulphonylindolyl or N- methylindolyl.
  • Har1 radicals may be further more precisely mentioned, for example, dibenzofuran-4-yl, indol-2-yl, indol-5-yl, indol-6-yl, benzothiophen-2-yl, benzothiophen-3-yl, thianthren-1-yl, dibenzothiophen-4-yl, N-phenylsulphonylindol-2-yl, or quinolin-3-yl.
  • suitable Har1 radicals may be explicitely mentioned, for example, thianthren-1-yl, dibenzothiophen-4-yl, or, especially, dibenzofuran-4-yl.
  • Aa1 is optionally substituted by R15 and is a bisaryl radical made up of two aryl groups, which are selected independently from a group consisting of phenyl and naphthyl, and which are linked together via a single bond.
  • Aa1 may include, without being restricted thereto, the biphenyl radical (e.g. the 1 ,1'-biphen-4-yl radical) and the R15-substituted derivatives thereof (e.g. 4'-fluoro-1,1'-biphen-4-yl).
  • Hh1 is a bisheteroaryl radical made up of two heteroaryl groups, which are selected independently from a group consisting of monocyclic 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl radicals comprising one or two heteroatoms, each of which is selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and which are linked together via a single bond.
  • Hh1 may include, without being restricted thereto, the bithiophe ⁇ yl radical.
  • Ah1 is an arylheteroaryl radical made up of an aryl group selected from a group consisting of phenyl and naphthyl, and a heteroaryl group selected from a group consisting of monocyclic 5- or 6- membered heteroaryl radicals comprising one or two heteroatoms, each of which is selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, whereby said aryl and heteroaryl groups are linked together via a single bond, and whereby Ah 1 is bonded via said heteroaryl moiety to the pyrimidine scaffold.
  • a «v Ah1 may include, without being restricted thereto, the phenylthiophenyl radical.
  • Ha1 is a heteroarylaryl radical made up of a heteroaryl group selected from a group consisting of monocyclic 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl radicals comprising one or two heteroatoms, each of which is selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and an aryl group selected from a group consisting of phenyl and naphthyl, whereby said heteroaryl and aryl groups are linked together via a single bond, and whereby Ha1 is bonded via said aryl moiety to the pyrimidine scaffold.
  • Ha1 may include, without being restricted thereto, the thiophenylphenyl radical.
  • each of the radicals Har1 , Hh1 and Ah1 is bonded to the pyrimidine scaffold via a ring carbon atom.
  • Het1 is optionally substituted by R314 and is a monocylic 3- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic ring, which comprises one or two heteroatoms selected from a group consisting of oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur, and which is bonded to the moiety W via a ring carbon atom or via a ring nitrogen atom.
  • Het1 is optionally substituted by R314 on a ring nitrogen atom.
  • Het1 may include, without being restricted thereto, aziridin-1-yl, azetidin-1-yl, pyrrolidin-1-yl, piperidin- 1-yl, homopiperidin-1-yl, pyrazolidin-1-yl, imidazolidin-1-yl, piperazin-1-yl, homopiperazin-1-yl, morpholin-4-yl, thiomo ⁇ holin-4-yl, piperidin-3-yl or piperidin-4-yl.
  • Het1 As further examples for Het1 according to this invention may be mentioned, without being restricted thereto, R314-substituted derivatives of the abovementioned exemplary Het1 radicals, notably Het1 radicals, which are substituted by R314 on a ring nitrogen atom and which are selected from a group consisting of pyrazolidin-1-yl, imidazolidin-1-yl, piperazin-1-yl, homopiperazin-1-yl, piperidin-3-yl and piperidin-4-yl.
  • Het1 radicals may be more precisely mentioned, for example, morpholin-4-yl, pyrrolidin- 1-yl, 4-N-methyl-piperazin-1-yl or piperidin-3-yl.
  • Het1 radicals may be explicitely mentioned, for example, pyrrolidin-1-yl or piperidin-3-yl.
  • Har2 is optionally substituted by R33 and/or R34 and is a monocyclic or fused bicyclic 5- to 10- membered unsaturated or partially saturated heteroaryl radical comprising one to three heteroatoms, each of which is selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur.
  • Har2 is attached to the moiety V via a ring carbon atom.
  • Har2 is optionally substituted by R33 and/or R34 on a ring carbon atom.
  • Har2 includes the unsaturated radicals, such as e.g., without being restricted thereto, furanyl, thiophenyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, benzo-fused analogues thereof such as, for example, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, cinnolinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, phthalazinyl, benzothiophenyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl or benz
  • Har2 may also include in another embodiment the partially hydrogenated derivatives of the ring systems enumerated above, particularly the partially hydrogenated derivatives of the abovementioned benzo-fused radicals, such as, for example, without being restricted thereto, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolinyl or 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl.
  • Har2 As further examples for Har2 according to this invention may be mentioned, without being restricted thereto, R33- and/or R34-substituted derivatives of the abovementioned exemplary Har2 radicals.
  • Har2 radicals may be more precisely mentioned, for example, furanyl, dimethylfuranyl, dimethylisoxazolyl, methylisoxazolyl, pyridinyl, trifluoromethylpyridinyl, aminopyridinyl, chloropyridinyl, fluoropyridinyl, (aminomethyl)pyridinyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, aminomethylfuranyl, (morpholinyl)pyridinyl or cyanopyridinyl.
  • Har2 radicals may be further more precisely mentioned, for example, furan-2-yl, 2,5- dimethylfuran-3-yl, 3,5-dimethylisoxazol-4-yl, 5-methylisoxazol-3-yl, 6-trifluoromethylpyridin-3-yl, pyridin-4-yl, 6-(aminomethyl)-pyridin-2-yl, 6-(aminomethyl)-pyridin-3-yl, 5-(aminomethyl)-pyridin-3-yl, 2-(aminomethyl)-pyridin-4-yl, 4-(aminomethyl)-pyridin-2-yl, 5-(aminomethyl)-pyridin-2-yl, 1,2,3,4- tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, 6-(mo ⁇ holin-4-yl)-pyridin-3-yl, 5-cyano-pyridin-3-yl, or 6-cyano-pyridin-3-yl.
  • (aminomethyl)pyridinyl such as e.g. 6-(aminomethyl) ⁇ pyridin-2-yl, 6-(aminomethyl)-pyridin-3-yl, 5- (aminomethyl)-pyridin-3-yl, 2-(aminomethyl)-pyridin-4-yl, 4-(aminomethyl)-pyridin-2-yl, 5- (aminomethyl)-pyridin-2-yl, or 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-7-yl or 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-6-yl.
  • (aminomethyl)pyridinyl such as e.g. 6-(aminomethyl) ⁇ pyridin-2-yl, 6-(aminomethyl)-pyridin-3-yl, 5- (aminomethyl)-pyridin-3-yl, 2-(aminomethyl)-pyridin-4-yl, 4-(aminomethyl)-pyridin-2-yl
  • cyclic radicals mentioned herein refers to all possible and stable positional isomers.
  • pyridinyl or pyridyl includes pyridin-2-yl, pyridin-3-yl and pyridi ⁇ -4-yl.
  • Suitable salts for compounds of the formula I - depending on substitution - are all acid addition salts or all salts with bases. Particular mention may be made of the pharmacologically tolerable inorganic and organic acids and bases customarily used in pharmacy. Those suitable are, on the one hand, water- insoluble and, particularly, water-soluble acid addition salts with acids such as, for example, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, phosphoric acid, nitric acid, sulphuric acid, acetic acid, citric acid, D-gluconic acid, benzoic acid, 2-(4-hydroxybenzoyl)benzoic acid, butyric acid, sulphosalicylic acid, maleic acid, lauric acid, malic acid, fumaric acid, succinic acid, oxalic acid, tartaric acid, embonic acid, stearic aeid, toluenesulphonic acid, methanesulphonic acid or 3-hydroxy-2-naphthoic acid, the
  • salts with bases are - depending on substitution - also suitable.
  • salts with bases are mentioned the lithium, sodium, potassium, calcium, aluminium, magnesium, titanium, ammonium, meglumine or guanidinium salts, here, too, the bases being employed in salt preparation in an equimolar quantitative ratio or one differing therefrom.
  • Pharmacologically intolerable salts which can be obtained, for example, as process products during the preparation of the compounds according to the invention on an industrial scale, are converted into pharmacologically tolerable salts by processes known to the person skilled in the art.
  • the compounds of formula I of the invention as well as their salts may contain, e.g. when isolated in crystalline form, varying amounts of solvents. Included within the scope of the invention are therefore all solvates and in particular all hydrates of the compounds of formula I as well as all solvates and in particular all hydrates of the salts of the compounds of formula I. Constituents which are described herein as substituted, may be substituted, unless otherwise noted, at any possible position.
  • carbocyclic groups alone or as part of other groups, mentioned herein may be substituted by their given substituents or parent molecular groups at any substitutable ring carbon atom.
  • heterocyclic groups alone or as part of other groups, mentioned herein may be substituted by their given substituents or parent molecular groups at any possible position, such as e.g. at any substitutable ring carbon or ring nitrogen atom.
  • Rings containing quaternizable imino-type ring nitrogen atoms may be preferably not quaternized on these imino-type ring nitrogen atoms by the mentioned substituents or parent molecular groups.
  • the substituents R2 and -N(H)C(O)R3 of compounds of formula I can be attached in the ortho, meta or para position with respect to the binding position in which the phenyl ring is bonded to the pyrimidine-amino moiety, whereby preference is given to the attachement of -N(H)C(O)R3 in the meta or, particularly, in the para position.
  • the substituents R11 and R12 of compounds of formula I can be attached in the ortho, meta or para position with respect to the binding position in which the phenyl ring is bonded to the pyrimidine moiety, whereby preference is given to the attachemenyn the meta or in the para position.
  • the substituents R31, R32 and R321 of compounds of formula I can be attached in the ortho, meta or para position with respect to the binding position in which the phenyl ring is bonded to the moiety U, whereby emphasis is given to the attachement in the meta or in the para position.
  • Ar1 radicals may be mentioned, without being restricted thereto, 3-benzyloxy-phenyl, 4- benzyloxy-phenyl, phenyl, 3-methoxy-phenyl, 4-methoxy ⁇ henyl, 3,4-dimethoxy-phenyl, 3,5- dimethoxy-phenyl, 3-fluoro-phenyl, 4-fluoro-phenyl, 3-acetyl-phenyl, 4-acetyl-phenyl, 3-phenoxy- phenyl or 4-phenoxy-phenyl, or 6-methoxy-naphthalen-2-yl.
  • Illustrative exemplary Ar1 radicals may include, without being restricted thereto, 3-benzyloxy-phenyl, 4-benzyloxy-phenyl, phenyl, 3-methoxy-phenyl, 4-methoxy-phenyl, 3,4-dimethoxy-phenyl, 3-fluoro- phenyl, 3-acetyl-phenyl, 4-acetyl-phenyl or 4-phenoxy-phenyl, or 6-methoxy-naphthalen-2-yl.
  • Ar2 radicals may be mentioned, without being restricted thereto, 4-dimethylamino-phenyI, 3-dimethylamino-phenyl, 2-dimethylamino-phenyl, 4-(morpholin-4-yl)-phenyl, 3-(morpholin-4-yl)-phenyl, 4-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)-phenyl, 3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)-phenyl, 4-(4-methylpiperazin-1 -yl-methyl)-phenyl, 3-(4-methylpiperazin-1 -yl-methyl)-phenyl, phenyl, 4-tert-butyl-phenyl, 3,4-dichlorophenyl, 2,6-difluoro-phenyl, 4-aminomethyl-phenyl, 3-aminomethyl-phenyl, 2-aminomethyl-phenyl, 4-(2-aminoethyl)-phenyl, 3-(2-aminoethyl)-phenyl
  • Illustrative exemplary Ar2 radicals may include, without being restricted thereto, 4-dimethylamino-phenyl, 3-dimethylamino-phenyl, 2-dimethylamino-phenyl, 4-(mo ⁇ holin-4-yl)-phenyl, 3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)-phenyl, 4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl-methyl)-phenyl, phenyl, 4-tert-butyl-phenyl, 3,4- dichlorophenyl, 4-aminomethyl-phenyl, 3-aminomethyl-phenyl, 3-(2-aminoethyl)-phenyl, 4-(2- aminoethyl)-phenyl, 3-dimethylaminomethyl-phenyl, 4-dimethylaminomethyl-phenyl, 4- methylaminomethyl-phenyl, 2-amino-phenyl, 3-amino-phenyl, 4-amino-phenyl, 4-(
  • Compounds according to embodiment 1 of aspect a of this invention more worthy to be mentioned include those compounds of formula I, in which R1 is Ar1 , Har1 , or Aa1 , in which Ar1 is phenyl, R11- and/or R12-substituted phenyl, naphthyl, or R13-substituted naphthyl, in which R11 is 1-4C-alkoxy, halogen, phenoxy, 1-4C-alkylcarbonyl or phenyl-1-4C-alkoxy, R12 is 1-4C-alkoxy,
  • R13 is 1-4C-alkoxy
  • Har1 is optionally substituted by R14 and is a monocyclic, fused bi- or tricyclic 5- to 14-membered heteroaryl radical comprising one to three heteroatoms, each of which is selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, in which R14 is phenylsulphonyl,
  • Aa 1 is optionally substituted by R15 and is a bisaryl radical made up of two aryl groups, which are selected independently from a group consisting of phenyl and naphthyl, and which are linked together via a single bond, and in which R15 is halogen,
  • Hh1 is a bisheteroaryl radical made up of two heteroaryl groups, which are selected independently from a group consisting of monocyclic 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl radicals comprising one or two heteroatoms, each of which is selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and which are linked together via a single bond,
  • Ah1 is an arylheteroaryl radical made up of an aryl group selected from a group consisting of phenyl and naphthyl, and a heteroaryl group selected from a group consisting of monocyclic 5- or 6- membered heteroaryl radicals comprising one or two heteroatoms, each of which is selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, whereby said aryl and heteroaryl groups are linked together via a single bond,
  • Ha1 is a heteroarylaryl radical made up of a heteroaryl group selected from a group consisting of monocyclic 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl radicals comprising one or two heteroatoms, each of which is selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and an aryl group selected from a group consisting of phenyl and naphthyl, whereby said heteroaryl and aryl groups are linked together via a single bond,
  • R2 is hydrogen or 1 -4C-alkyl
  • R3 is -U-Ar2, or -V-Har2, in which U is a bond, straight chain 1-4C-alkylene, or straight chain 1-4C-alkylene substituted with amino-1- 4C-alkyl, Ar2 is phenyl, or R31- and/or R32- and/or R321 -substituted phenyl, in which R31 is 1-4C-aIkyl, 1-4C-alkoxy, halogen, nitro, trifluoromethyl, cyano, amidino, -W-R311, or Het1, in which W is a bond or 1-4C-alkylene, R311 is -N(R312)R313, or halogen, in which R312 is hydrogen, 1-4C-alkyl, 1-4C-alkoxycarbonyl or 1-4C-alkoxy-2-4C-alkyl, R313 is hydrogen, 1-4C-alkyl or 1 -4C-alkoxy-2-4C-alkyl
  • R3 is -U-Ar2, -V-Har2, or 2-amino-phenyl, in which
  • U is a bond
  • Ar2 is 3-(R31 )-phenyl, 4-(R31 )-phenyl, or 3-(R31 )- or 4-(R31 )-fluorophenyl, in which R31 is 1-4C-alkoxy, 1-4C-alkyl, cyano, chlorine, amidino, -W-R311, pyrrolidin-1-yl, or piperidin-3-yl, in which either W is a bond
  • R311 is -N(R312)R313, in which R312 is hydrogen, 1-4C-alkyl, 1-4C-alkoxy-ethyl, or tertbutoxycarbonyl, R313 is hydrogen, or 1-4C-alkyl, or W is methylene, ethylene, or 1,1-dimethyl-methylene, R311 is -N(R312)R313, or bromine, in which R312 is hydrogen, 1-4C-alkyl, or tertbutoxycarbonyl
  • U is methylene, or ethylene
  • Ar2 is phenyl, or 3-(R31 )- or 4-(R31 )-phenyl, in which R31 is fluorine, 1-4C-alkoxy, or aminomethyl,
  • U is a bond, or aminomethyl-methylene
  • Ar2 is 3,4-dichlorophenyl
  • Har2 is 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, isoindolinyl, or R33-substituted pyridyl, in which R33 is aminomethyl, or trifluoromethyl, and the salts of these compounds. »
  • R1 is dibenzothiophen-4-yl, 4-benzyloxy-phenyl, thianthren-1-yl, or, in particular, dibenzofuran-4-yl
  • R2 is hydrogen, or methyl
  • R3 is -U-Ar2, -V-Har2, or 2-amino-phenyl, in which
  • U is a bond
  • Ar2 is 3-(R31 )-phenyl, 4-(R31 )-phenyl, or 3-(R31 )- or 4-(R31 )-fluorophenyl, in which R31 is amidino, -W-R311 , pyrrolidin-1-yl, or piperidin-3-yl, in which either W is a bond
  • R311 is -N(R312)R313, in which R312 is hydrogen, methyl, or 2-methoxyethyl, R313 is methyl, or W is methylene, ethylene, or 1 ,1-dimethyl-methylene
  • R311 is -N(R312)R313, in which R312 is hydrogen, or methyl
  • R313 is hydrogen,
  • Har2 is 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, isoindolinyl, or R33-substituted pyridyl, in which R33 is aminomethyl, and the salts of these compounds.
  • R1 is dibenzofuran-4-yl
  • R2 is hydrogen
  • R3 is -U-Ar2, or -V-Har2
  • U is a bond
  • Ar2 is 3-(R31 )-phenyl, 4-(R31 )-phenyl, or 2-fluoro-4-(R31 )-phenyl, in which R31 is amidino, or -W-R311 , in which W is methylene, ethylene, or 1,1-dimethyi-methylene
  • R311 is -N(R312)R313, in which R312 is hydrogen, or methyl
  • R313 is hydrogen
  • V is a bond
  • Har2 is 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-7-yl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-6-yl, or R33-substituted pyridyl
  • compounds according to embodiment 1 of aspect a of this invention to be more emphasized are compounds of formula Ia as defined below, in which R1 is dibenzofuran-4-yl, R2 is hydrogen, R3 is -U-Ar2, in which U is a bond, Ar2 is 3-(R31 )-phenyl, or 4-(R31 )-phenyl, in which R31 is amidino, or -W-R311 , in which W is methylene, R311 is -N(R312)R313, in which R312 is hydrogen, R313 is hydrogen, and the salts of these compounds.
  • compounds according to embodiment 1 of aspect a of this invention to be more emphasized are compounds of formula Ia as defined below, in which R1 is dibenzofuran-4-yl, R2 is hydrogen, R3 is -V-Har2, in which V is a bond, Har2 is 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-7-yl, 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-6-yl, or R33-substituted pyridyl, in which R33 is aminomethyl; whereby, more precisely, R1 is dibenzofuran-4-yl, » R2 is hydrogen, R3 is -V-Har2, in which V is a bond, Har2 is 1,2,3,4 ⁇ tetrahydroisoquinolin-7-yl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-6-yl, 6-(R33)-pyrid-3-yl, 6- (R33)-pyrid-2-yl, 2-
  • Har1 is carbazolyl, phenanthridinyl, acridinyl, carbolinyl, phenazinyl, dibenzofuranyl, dibenzothiophenyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, phenoxathiinyl, thianthrenyl, N-methyl- carbazolyl or N-methylcarbolinyl, R2 is hydrogen or 1 -4C-alkyl,
  • R3 is -U-Ar2, or -V-Har2, in which U is a bond, straight chain 1-4C-alkylene, or straight chain 1-4C-alkyIene substituted with amino-1- 4C-alkyl, Ar2 is phenyl, or R31- and/or R32- and/or R321 -substituted phenyl, in which R31 is 1-4C-alkyl, 1-4C-alkoxy, halogen, nitro, trifluoromethyl, cyano, amidino, -W-R311, or Heti, in which W is a bond or 1 -4C-alkylene, R311 is -N(R312)R313, or halogen, in which R312 is hydrogen, 1-4C-alkyl, 1-4C-alkoxycarbonyl or 1-4C-alkoxy-2-4C-alkyl, R313 is hydrogen, 1-4C-alkyl or 1 -4C-alkoxy-2-4C-
  • R1 is Har1
  • Har1 is carbazolyl, phenanthridinyl, acridinyl, carbolinyl, phenazinyl, dibenzofuranyl, dibenzothiophenyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, phenoxathiinyl, thianthrenyl, N-methyl- carbazolyl or N-methylcarbolinyl
  • R2 is hydrogen, or methyl
  • R3 is -L)-Ar2, -V-Har2, or 2-amino-phenyI, in which
  • U is a bond
  • Ar2 is 3-(R31 )-phenyl, 4-(R31 )-phenyl, or 3-(R31 )- or 4-(R31 )-fluorophenyl, in which R31 is amidino, -W-R311 , or piperidin-3-yl, in which either W is a bond
  • R311 is -N(R312)R313, in which R312 is hydrogen, methyl, or 2-methoxyethyl, R313 is methyl, or W is methylene, ethylene, or 1 ,1-dimethyl-methylene
  • R311 is -N(R312)R313, in which R312 is hydrogen, or methyl
  • R313 is hydrogen
  • Har2 is 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoIinyl, isoindolinyl, or R33-substituted pyridyl, in which R33 is aminomethyl, and the salts of these compounds.
  • Compounds according to embodiment 2 of aspect a of this invention in more particular worthy to be mentioned include those compounds of formulae I or, particularly, Ia as defined below, in which R1 is Hart, in which Har1 is carbazolyl, phenanthridinyl, acridinyl, carbolinyl, phenazinyl, dibenzofuranyl, dibenzothiophenyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, phenoxathiinyl, thianthrenyl, N-methyl- carbazolyl or N-methylcarbolinyl,
  • R2 is hydrogen, R3 is -U-Ar2, or -V-Har2, in which U is a bond, Ar2 is 3-(R31 )-phenyl, 4-(R31 )-phenyl, or 2-fluoro-4-(R31 )-phenyl, in which R31 is amidino, or -W-R311 , in which W is methylene, ethylene, or 1 ,1-dimethyl-methylene, R311 is -N(R312)R313, in which R312 is hydrogen, or methyl, R313 is hydrogen, V is a bond, Har2 is 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-7-yl, 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-6-yl, or R33-substituted pyridyl, in which R33 is aminomethyl, and the salts of these compounds.
  • the invention also relates in a further aspect (aspect a1) to compounds according to aspect a, and the salts of these compounds, for use in the treatment or prevention of diseases, such as e.g. those diseases mediated by a dysregulated function of a single protein kinase, with PKB/Akt as an example, or multiple protein kinases within a defined pathway or signalling network.
  • diseases such as e.g. those diseases mediated by a dysregulated function of a single protein kinase, with PKB/Akt as an example, or multiple protein kinases within a defined pathway or signalling network.
  • the invention also relates in a yet further aspect (aspect a2) to the use of compounds according to aspect a and the salts of these compounds, for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions for the prevention or treatment of diseases mediated by a dysregulated function of a single protein kinase, with PKB/Akt as an example, or multiple protein kinases within a defined pathway or signalling network.
  • the invention also relates in a still yet further aspect (aspect a3) to the use of compounds according to aspect a and the salts of these compounds, for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions for the prevention or treatment of diseases mediated by a dysregulated function of a single protein kinase, with PKB/Akt as a particular example, or multiple protein kinases within a defined pathway or signalling network, whereby diseases mediated by glycogen synthase kinase 3 are thereof disclaimed.
  • said diseases are in particular hyperproliferative diseases of benign or malignant behaviour, such as, for example, cellular neoplasia, e.g. cancer, and/or disorders responsive to the induction of apoptosis.
  • the invention further relates in a second aspect (aspect b) to compounds according to aspect a of formula I, and the salts of these compounds, under the provisio that 4-amino-N-[4-(6-pyridin-3-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide, 4-amino-N-[4-(6-benzofuran-2-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide, 4-amino-N-[4-(6-thiophen-3-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide, 4-amino-N-[4-(6-dibenzof ⁇ ran-1-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide, 4-amino-N-[4-(6-benzo[b]thiophen-2-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide, 4-amin
  • the invention also relates in a further aspect (aspect b1) to compounds according to aspect b, and the salts of these compounds, for use in the treatment or prevention of diseases, such as e.g. those diseases mediated by a dysregulated function of a single protein kinase, with PKB/Akt as an example, or multiple protein kinases within a defined pathway or signalling network.
  • diseases such as e.g. those diseases mediated by a dysregulated function of a single protein kinase, with PKB/Akt as an example, or multiple protein kinases within a defined pathway or signalling network.
  • the invention also relates in a yet further aspect (aspect b2) to the use of compounds according to aspect b, and the salts of these compounds, for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions for the prevention or treatment of diseases mediated by a dysregulated function of a single protein kinase, with PKB/Akt as a particular example, or multiple protein kinases within a defined pathway or signalling network, whereby diseases mediated by glycogen synthase kinase 3 are thereof disclaimed.
  • said diseases are in particular hyperproliferative diseases of benign or malignant behaviour, such as, for example, cellular neoplasia, e.g. cancer, and/or disorders responsive to the induction of apoptosis in a mammal.
  • the invention further relates in a third aspect (aspect c) to compounds of formula I 1 wherein these compounds are 4-amino-N-[4-(6-pyridin-3-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide, 4-amino-N-[4-(6-benzofuran-2-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide, 4-amino-N-[4-(6-thiophen-3-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide, 4-amino-N-[4-(6-dibenzofuran-1-y
  • the invention also relates in a further aspect (aspect c1 ) to compounds according to aspect c, and the salts of these compounds, for use in the treatment or prevention of diseases, such as e.g. those diseases mediated by a dysregulated function of a single protein kinase, with PKB/Akt as an example, or multiple protein kinases within a defined pathway or signalling network.
  • diseases such as e.g. those diseases mediated by a dysregulated function of a single protein kinase, with PKB/Akt as an example, or multiple protein kinases within a defined pathway or signalling network.
  • the invention also relates in a yet further aspect (aspect c2) to the use of compounds according to aspect c, and the salts of these compounds, for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions for the prevention or treatment of diseases mediated by a dysregulated function of a single protein kinase, with PKB/Akt as an example, or multiple protein kinases within a defined pathway or signalling network.
  • said diseases are in particular hyperproliferative diseases of benign or malignant behaviour, such as, for example, cellular neoplasia, e.g. cancer, and/or disorders responsive to the induction of apoptosis in a mammal.
  • the invention further relates in a fourth aspect (aspect d) to compounds according to aspect a of formula I, under the provisio that R1 is not Hart , Ah1 , or Hh1 , when the substituent -N(H)C(O)R3 is attached in the meta position with respect to the binding position in which the phenyl ring is bonded to the pyrimidine-amino moiety, and the salts of these compounds.
  • the invention also relates in a further aspect (aspect d1) to compounds according to aspect d, and the salts of these compounds, for use in the treatment or prevention of diseases, such as e.g. those diseases mediated by a dysregulated function of a single protein kinase, with PKB/Akt as an example, or multiple protein kinases within a defined pathway or signalling network.
  • the invention also relates in a yet further aspect (aspect d2) to the use of compounds according to aspect d, and the salts of these compounds, for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions for the prevention or treatment of diseases mediated by a dysregulated function of a single protein kinase, with PKB/Akt as an example, or multiple protein kinases within a defined pathway or signalling network.
  • said diseases are in particular hyperproliferative diseases of benign or malignant behaviour, such as, for example, cellular neoplasia, e.g. cancer, and/or disorders responsive to the induction of apoptosis in a mammal.
  • the invention also relates in a fifth aspect (aspect e) to compounds according to aspect a of formula I, in which R1 is Har1, Ah1, or Hh1, and the substituent -N(H)C(O)R3 is attached in the meta position with respect to the binding position in which the phenyl ring is bonded to the pyrimidine-amino moiety, and the salts of these compounds.
  • the invention also relates in a further aspect (aspect e1) to compounds according to aspect e, and the salts of these compounds, for use in the treatment or prevention of diseases, such as e.g. those diseases mediated by a dysregulated function of a single protein kinase, with PKB/Akt as an example, or multiple protein kinases within a defined pathway or signalling network.
  • diseases such as e.g. those diseases mediated by a dysregulated function of a single protein kinase, with PKB/Akt as an example, or multiple protein kinases within a defined pathway or signalling network.
  • the invention also relates in a yet further aspect (aspect e2) to the use of compounds according to aspect e, and the salts of these compounds, for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions for the prevention or treatment of diseases mediated by a dysregulated function of a single protein kinase, with PKB/Akt as a particular example, or multiple protein kinases within a defined pathway or signalling network, whereby diseases mediated by glycogen synthase kinase 3 are thereof disclaimed.
  • said diseases are in particular hyperproliferative diseases of benign or malignant behaviour, such as, for example, cellular neoplasia, e.g.
  • the invention also relates in a sixth aspect (aspect f) to compounds according to aspect a of formula I, under the first provisio that R1 is not Har1 , Ah1 , or Hh1 , when the substituent -N(H)C(O)R3 is attached in the meta position with respect to the binding position in which the phenyl ring is bonded to the pyrimidine-amino moiety, and under the second provisio that 4-amino-N-[4-(6-pyridin-3-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide, 4-amino-N-[4-(6-benzofuran-2-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide, 4-amino-N-[4-(6-thiophen-3-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-pheny
  • the invention also relates in a further aspect (aspect f1) to compounds according to aspect f, and the salts of these compounds, for use in the treatment or prevention of diseases, such as e.g. those diseases mediated by a dysregulated function of a single protein kinase, with PKB/Akt as an example, or multiple protein kinases within a defined pathway or signalling network.
  • diseases such as e.g. those diseases mediated by a dysregulated function of a single protein kinase, with PKB/Akt as an example, or multiple protein kinases within a defined pathway or signalling network.
  • the invention also relates in a yet further aspect (aspect f2) to the use of compounds according to aspect f, and the salts of these compounds, for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions for the prevention or treatment of diseases mediated by a dysregulated function of a single protein kinase, with PKB/Akt as an example, or multiple protein kinases within a defined pathway or signalling network.
  • said diseases are in particular hyperproliferative diseases of benign or malignant behaviour, such as, for example, cellular neoplasia, e.g. cancer, and/or disorders responsive to the induction of apoptosis in a mammal.
  • a special interest in the compounds according to this invention refers to those compounds of formula I according to aspect a which are included -within the scope of this invention- by one or, when possible, by more of the following interesting and/or special embodiments:
  • Embodiment a refers to those compounds of formula I, in which the substituent -N(H)C(O)R3 is attached in the para position with respect to the binding position in which the phenyl ring is bonded to the pyrimidine-amino moiety.
  • Embodiment b refers to those compounds of formula I, in which the substituent -N(H)C(O)R3 is attached in the meta position with respect to the binding position in which the phenyl ring is bonded to the pyrimidine-amino moiety.
  • a special embodiment (embodiment 1') of the compounds of formula I according to aspect a of this invention refers to those compounds of formulae I, Ia or Ib, in which the moiety U is a bond.
  • Another special embodiment (embodiment 2') of the compounds of formula I according to aspect a of this invention refers to those compounds of formulae I, Ia or Ib, in which the moiety U is methylene.
  • Another special embodiment (embodiment 3') of the compounds of formula I according to aspect a of this invention refers to those compounds of formulae I, Ia or Ib, in which the moiety U is ethylene.
  • Another special embodiment (embodiment 4') of the compounds of formula I according to aspect a of this invention refers to those compounds of formulae I, Ia or Ib, in which the moiety U is 1-2C-aIkylene substituted with amino-1-2C-alkyl, in particular, methylene substituted with amino-1-2C-alkyl, in more particular, methylene substituted with aminomethyl.
  • Another special embodiment (embodiment 5') of the compounds of formula I according to aspect a of this invention refers to those compounds of formulae I, Ia or Ib, in which R1 is ArI.
  • Another special embodiment (embodiment 6 1 ) of the compounds of formula I according to aspect a of this invention refers to those compounds of formulae I, Ia or Ib, in which R1 is Aa1.
  • Another special embodiment (embodiment 7') of the compounds of formula I according to aspect a of this invention refers to those compounds of formulae I, Ia or Ib, in which R1 is Har1.
  • Another special embodiment (embodiment 8') of the compounds of formula I according to aspect a of this invention refers to those compounds of formula Ib according to embodiment b, in which R1 is Ar1 , Aa1 or Ha1 , particularly Ar1 or Aa1.
  • Another special embodiment (embodiment 9') of the compounds of formula I according to aspect a of this invention refers to those compounds of formula Ib according to embodiment b, in which R1 is Har1, Hh 1 or Ah1, particularly Har1.
  • Another special embodiment (embodiment 10') of the compounds of formula I according to aspect a of this invention refers to those compounds of formula Ia according to embodiment a, in which R1 is AM, Aa1, Ha1, HaM, HM orAhl, particularly AM, Aa1 or HaM.
  • Another special embodiment (embodiment 11') of the compounds of formula I according to aspect a of this invention refers to those compounds of formulae I, Ia or Ib, in which R2 is hydrogen.
  • a special embodiment (embodiment 12") more worthy to be mentioned of the compounds of formula I according to aspect a of this invention includes those compounds of formula Ia according to embodiment a, in which R1 is Ar1.
  • a more detailed special embodiment (embodiment 15') of the compounds of formula I according to aspect a of this invention refers to those compounds of formulae I, Ia or Ib, in which R1 is phenoxy- phenyl or benzyloxy-phenyl; especially 4-phenoxy-phenyl or, in particular, 4-benzyloxy-phenyl.
  • R1 is a fused tricyclic 13- or 14-membered heteroaryl radical comprising one to three heteroatoms selected independently from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and which heteroaryl radical is attached to the pyrimidine moiety via a ring carbon atom, such as, for example, carbazolyl, phenanthridinyl, acridinyl, carbolinyl, phenazinyl, dibenzofuranyl, dibenzothiophenyl, phenpthiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, phenoxathiinyl or thianthrenyl; especially, thianthren-1-yl, dibenzothiophen-4-yl or, in particular, dibenzofuran-4-yl.
  • Another more detailed special embodiment (embodiment 18') of the compounds of formula I according to aspect a of this invention refers to those compounds of formulae I, Ia or Ib, in which R3 is -U-Ar2, or -V-Har2, in which U is a bond, straight chain 1-4C-alkylene, or straight chain 1-4C-alkylene substituted with amino-1- 4C-alkyl, Ar2 is R31 - and/or R32-substituted phenyl, in which R31 is halogen, cyano, amidino, -W-R311 , or Het1 , in which W is a bond or 1 -4C-alkylene, R311 is -N(R312)R313, or Het1, in which R312 is hydrogen, 1-4C-alkyl, 1-4C-alkoxycarbonyl, or 1-4C-alkoxy-2-4C-alkyl, R313 is hydrogen, or 1-4C-alkyl, Het
  • R3 is -U-Ar2, or -V-Har2, in which U is a bond, straight chain 1-2C-alkylene, or straight chain 1-2C-alkylene substituted with amino-1- 2C-alkyl
  • Ar2 is R31 - and/or R32-substituted phenyl, in which R31 is fluorine, chlorine, cyano, amidino, -W-R311 , or Het1 , in which W is a bond, or 1-4C-alkylene
  • R311 is -N(R312)R313, in which R312 is hydrogen, 1-2C-alkyl, 1-2C-alkoxy-ethyl, R313 is hydrogen, or 1 -2C-alkyl
  • Het1 is pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, or N-(1-4C-alkyl)-piperazinyl, especially pyrrolidin-1-y
  • R3 is -U-Ar2, -V-Har2, or 2-amino-phenyl, in which U is a bond
  • Ar2 is 3-(R31 )-phenyl, 4-(R31 )-phenyl, or 3-(R31 )- or 4-(R31 )-fluorophenyl, in which R31 is amidino, -W-R311 , pyrrolidin-1 -yl, or piperidin-3-yl, in which W is a bond, methylene, ethylene, or 1,1-dimethyl-methylene
  • R311 is -N(R312)R313, or (2-methoxyethyl)-amino
  • R312 is hydrogen, or methyl
  • R313 is hydrogen, or methyl
  • U is methylene
  • Ar2 is 4-(aminomethyl)-phenyl, or U is aminomethyl-methylene
  • Ar2 is 3,4-dichlorophenyl
  • R3 is -U-Ar2, -V-Har2, or 2-amino-phenyl, in which U is a bond
  • Ar2 is 3-(R31 )-phenyl, 4-(R31 )-phenyl, or 3-(R31 )- or 4-(R31 )-fluorophenyl, in which R31 is amidino, -W-R311 , pyrrolidin-1-yl, or piperidin-3-yl, in which either W is a bond
  • R311 is -N(R312)R313 5;i or (2-methoxyethyl)-amino, in which :
  • R312 is hydrogen, or methyl, R313 is methyl, or, especially, W is methylene, ethylene, or 1,1-dimethyl-methylene
  • R311 is -N(R312)R313, in which R312 is hydrogen, or methyl, R313 is hydrogen, or U is methylene
  • Ar2 is 4-(aminomethyl)-phenyl, or U is aminomethyl-methylene, and Ar2 is 3,4-dichlorophenyl, and V is a bond
  • Har2 is 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-7-yl, or R33-substituted pyridyl, in which R33 is aminomethyl; or in which, in more particular, R3 is -U-Ar2, or -V-Har2, in which U is a bond
  • Ar2 is 3-(R31 )-phenyl, 4-(R31 )-phenyl, or 2-fluoro-4-(R31 )-phenyl,
  • Respective another more detailed special embodiment of the compounds of formula I according to aspect a of this invention refers to each and every of the embodiments 1' to 10', or, especially, 12' to 18', in each of which R2 is hydrogen.
  • An in particular detailed special embodiment (embodiment 19') of the compounds of formula I according to aspect a of this invention refers to those compounds of the formulae I, Ia or Ib, which are included from both embodiment 15' and embodiment 18', and in which R2 is hydrogen.
  • An embodiment to be emphasized of the compounds of formula I according to aspect a of the present invention is embodiment a.
  • compounds according to aspect a of this invention, which are from formula Ia are to be emphasized within the meaning of this invention. Accordingly, within the embodiments 1' to 21', compounds, which are from formula Ia, are to be emphasized.
  • Another particular embodiment of the compounds according to the present invention relates to those compounds of formula Ia as defined herein, in which R1 is dibenzofuran-4-yl, R2 is hydrogen, R3 is -V-Har2, in which V is a direct bond, Har2 is 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl or isoindolinyl, whereby Har2 is bound via a ring carbon atom of the benzene ring portion to the moiety V of the group -V- Har2, and the salts thereof.
  • R1 is dibenzofura ⁇ r-4-yl
  • R2 is hydrogen
  • R3 is -U-Ar2
  • LJ is a direct bond
  • Ar2 is 3-(aminomethyl)-phenyl, 4-(aminomethyl)-phenyl, 3-amidino-phenyl or 4-amidino-phenyl, and the salts thereof.
  • the compounds according to the invention can be prepared, for example, as shown in the reaction scheme 1 below and according to the following specified reaction steps, or, particularly, in a manner as described by way of example in the following examples, or analogously or similarly thereto according to preparation procedures or synthesis strategies known to the person skilled in the art.
  • Compounds of formula IV are reacted with compounds of formula R1-M, in which R1 has the meanings mentioned above and M is a group or an atom suitable to react with compounds of formula IV via a CC-bond formation reaction to give corresponding compounds of formula III.
  • Said CC-bond formation reaction may be, for example, a Kumada coupling, a Negishi coupling, a Hiyama coupling, a Sonogashira coupling, a Stille reaction or, preferably, a Suzuki coupling reaction.
  • compounds of formula III are boronic acid esters or, in particular, boronic acids, in which M is -B(OH) 2 .
  • the Suzuki reaction is carried out as it is known to the person of ordinary skill in the art and/or in a manner as it is described below and specified by way of example in the following examples or analogously or similarly thereto.
  • the Suzuki reaction mentioned can be carried out in organic solvents alone, for example in toluene, benzene, dimethylformamide or in ethereal (e.g. dimethoxyethane or dioxane) or alcohol solvents or in a mixture thereof, or preferably in a mixture comprising an organic solvent (e.g. dimethoxyethane) and water, with organic (e.g. triethylamine) or preferably inorganic base (e.g.
  • a transition metal catalyst for example, a nickel or, in particular, palladium catalyst (e.g. Pd(OAc) 2 , PdCI 2 (PPh 3 J 2 or Pd(PPh 3 J 4 ), and, optionally, lithium chloride.
  • a transition metal catalyst for example, a nickel or, in particular, palladium catalyst (e.g. Pd(OAc) 2 , PdCI 2 (PPh 3 J 2 or Pd(PPh 3 J 4 ), and, optionally, lithium chloride.
  • the reaction is carried out at a temperature in the range from 20° to 160 0 C, usually 60° to 130 0 C for 10 minutes to 5 days, usually 30 minutes to 24 hours.
  • the solvents used are degassed and the reaction is carried out under protective gas.
  • the nitro group of compounds of formula III in which X is -NO 2 , is reduced to the amino group of the corresponding compounds of the formula II.
  • Said reduction is carried out in a manner known to the person skilled in the art or as described in the following examples.
  • the reduction can be carried out, for example, by catalytic hydrogenation, e.g. in the presence of Raney nickel or a noble metal catalyst such as palladium or, in particular, platinum on active carbon, in a suitable solvent.
  • compounds of formula I in which R1, R2 and R3 have the meanings mentioned above, can be also obtained from compounds of formula II, in which R1 and R2 have the meanings indicated above, and compounds of formula R3-C(O)-Y, in which Y is hydroxyl and R3 stands for the substituents given above, which can be, if necessary, protected by temporary protective groups known to the person skilled in the art (such as e.g. the tertbutoxycarbonyl protective group), by reaction with amide bond linking reagents known to the person skilled in the art and subsequential optional removal of said temporary protective groups.
  • amide bond linking reagents known to the person skilled in the art which may be mentioned are, for example, the carbodiimides (e.g.
  • azodicarboxylic acid derivatives e.g. diethyl azodicarboxylate
  • uranium salts e.g. 0-(benzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N',N'-tetra
  • preferred amide bond linking reagents are uranium salts and, particularly, carbodiimides, preferably, 1 -ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride.
  • compounds of formulae V, R1-M or R3-C(O)-Y are known or can be obtained in a known manner or analogously or similarly to art-known compounds, or they are accessible as described in the following examples or analogously or similarly thereto.
  • compounds of the formula I can be also converted into further compounds of the formula I by methods known to one of ordinary skill in the art. More specifically, for example, from compounds of the formula I in which a) R312 is hydrogen, the corresponding ester compounds can be obtained by esterification reactions; b) R312 or R313 is hydrogen, the corresponding ether compounds can be obtained by etherification reactions; c) R312 or R314 is an 1-4C-alkoxycarbonyl group, such as e.g.
  • a tertbutoxycarbonyl group the corresponding free amino compounds can be obtained by removal of the 1-4C-alkoxycarbonyl group; d) R31 is a cyano group, the corresponding amidino group can be obtained by imidoester formation and subsequential amination.
  • the methods mentioned under a), b), c) and d) are expediently carried out analogously to the methods known to the person skilled in the art or as described by way of example in the following examples.
  • compounds of the formula I can be converted into their salts, or, optionally, salts of the compounds of the formula I can be converted into the free compounds.
  • the substances according to the invention are isolated and purified in a manner known per se, for example by distilling off the solvent under reduced pressure and recrystallizing the residue obtained from a suitable solvent or subjecting it to one of the customary purification methods, such as, for example, column chromatography on a suitable support material.
  • Salts are obtained by dissolving the free compound in a suitable solvent (e.g. a ketone, such as aceto ⁇ ne, methyl ethyl ketone or methyl isobutyl ketone, an ether, such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran or dioxane, a chlorinated hydrocarbon, such as methylene chloride or chloroform, or a low-molecular- weight aliphatic alcohol, such as ethanol or isopropanol) which contains the desired acid or base, or to which the desired acid or base is then added.
  • a suitable solvent e.g. a ketone, such as aceto ⁇ ne, methyl ethyl ketone or methyl isobutyl ketone, an ether, such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran or dioxane, a chlorinated hydrocarbon, such as methylene chloride or chloroform, or
  • the salts are obtained by filtering, reprecipitating, preci ⁇ pitating with a nonsolvent for the addition salt or by evaporating the solvent. Salts obtained can be converted into the free compounds, which can in turn be converted into salts, by alkalization or by aci- dification. In this manner, pharmacologically unacceptable salts can be converted into pharmacologically acceptable salts.
  • mp stands for melting point, h for hour(s), min for minutes, cone, for concentrated, Boc for the tertbutoxycarbonyl group, and other abbreviations have their meanings customary per se to the skilled person.
  • 4-Mo ⁇ holin-4-yl-benzoic acid (228 mg, 1.1 mmol) and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (148 mg, 1.1 mmol) are dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) (5 mL) and / ⁇ T-(3-dimethylamino)propyl-W- ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (632 mg, 3.3 mmol) and triethylamine (0.46 mL, 3.3 mmol) are added.
  • compound A1 N-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-yl)-benzene-1,4-diamine trifluoroacetic acid (compound A1) (500 mg, 1.1 mmol) in pyridine (10 mL) is added at 10 0 C 3-dimethylaminobenzoyl chloride (288 mg, 1.21 mmol) portion wise. After 14 h at ambient temperature the mixture is evaporated and the crude product is purified by crystallization.
  • Example 49 the following compounds are prepared analogously to Example 49 starting from the appropriate Boc-protected compounds 17 to 41, or A4 to A6.
  • TFA trifluoroacetic acid
  • 6-(tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-methyl)-nicotinic acid To a solution of 6-aminomethyl-nicotinic acid hydrochloride (compound E2) (5.35 g, 28.3 mmol) in aqueous 1N NaOH (60 mL) and te/f-butanol (40 mL) is added Boc-anhydride (BoC 2 O) (6.20 g, 28.4 mmol) and the mixture is stirred overnight. After evaporation of the solvents the product is isolated by standard methods. Yield: 3.57 g (50 %) mp: 145-147 0 C
  • 6-Cyano-pyridine 2-carboxylic acid 6-Carbamoyl-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (compound G1) (500 mg, 3 mmol) and phosphorus oxychloride (POCI 3 ) (15 mL) are heated to reflux temperature for 2 h. The mixture is worked up in the usual manner and the crude product is further used without any purification. Yield: 280 mg (63 %) mp: 180-181 0 C
  • the compounds according to the present invention have valuable pharmacological properties, which can make them commercially applicable.
  • they inhibit protein kinases, in particular one or more isoforms of the protein kinase B (PKB)/Akt, and exhibit cellular activity; and they are expected to be commercially applicable in the therapy of diseases responsive to the inhibition thereof.
  • PPKB protein kinase B
  • Protein kinase means an enzyme with an activity towards the hydroxyl group of tyrosine, serine or threonine residues within a substrate protein.
  • protein kinases catalyse the hydrolysis the ⁇ phosphate of ATP and transfer of this phosphate on the hydroxyl group of tyrosine, serine or threonine residues forming a phosphate ester linkage.
  • Inhibition of protein kinases and analogous terms means inhibiting the activity and function of one or more protein kinases, in particular protein kinases selected from a group of kinases with pathophysiological importance for cancer treatment. Within this group of kinases, the protein kinase B (PKB) / Akt with the isoforms Akt1 (PKB ⁇ ), Akt2 (PKB ⁇ ) and Akt3 (PKB ⁇ ) is of particular importance. Inhibition of PKB/Akt activity and analogous terms means either a direct or indirect (pathway dependent) inhibition of the PKB/Akt kinase activity.
  • PKB/Akt activity and analogous terms means either a direct or indirect (pathway dependent) inhibition of the PKB/Akt kinase activity.
  • Particularly interesting in the meaning of this invention are also those compounds of this invention, which are selective in inhibition of the protein kinase B (PKB) / Akt or one or more isoforms thereof, or a selection of protein kinases most relevant or causative involved in a disease state, in particular in cancer; this means that those compounds exhibit greater inhibition against said protein kinase(s), when compared to the compounds inhibition of the activity of other protein kinases like protein kinase A (PKA).
  • Cellular activity and analogous terms of a protein kinase inhibitor means any cellular effect related to protein kinase inhibition, in particular dephosphorylation of defined substrate proteins causing, as an example, induction of apoptosis or chemosensitization.
  • Chemosensitization and analogous terms is understood in a broad sense as sensitizing neoplastic cells for apoptotic stimuli in general. These stimuli include, for example, effectors of death receptor and survival pathways as well as cytotoxic / chemotherapeutic and targeted agents and finally also radiation. Induction of apoptosis and analogous terms are used to identify a compound which excecutes programmed cell death in cells contacted with that compound or in combination with other compounds routinely used for therapy.
  • Apoptosis is defined by complex biochemical events within the contacted cell, such as the activation of cystein specific proteinases ("caspases") and the fragmentation of chromatin. Induction of apoptosis in cells contacted with the compound might not necessarily coupled with inhibition of cell proliferation. Preferably, the inhibition of proliferation and/or induction of apoptosis are specific to cells with aberrant cell growth. Further on, the compounds according to the present invention inhibit protein kinase activity in cells and tissues, causing a shift towards dephosphorylated substrate proteins and as functional consequence, for example the induction of apoptosis, cell cycle arrest or sensitization towards chemotherapeutic or target-specific cancer drugs. In a preferred embodiment, specific inhibition of PKB/Akt induces cellular effects as mentioned herein alone or in combination with standard cytotoxic or targeted cancer drugs.
  • Compounds according to the present invention exhibit anti-proliferative and/or pro-apoptotic and/or chemosensitizing properties. Accordingly the compounds of the present invention are useful for treatment of malignant cells. Therefore the compounds of the present invention are expected for use in the production of an anti-proliferative and/or pro-apoptotic and/or chemosensitizing effect in mammals such as human being.
  • the compounds according to the present invention can be commercially applicable for treating, ameliorating or preventing diseases of benign or malignant behaviour as described herein, such as e.g. for inhibiting cellular neoplasia.
  • a "neoplasia” is defined by cells displaying aberrant cell proliferation and/or survival and/or a block in differentiation.
  • a benign neoplasia is described by hyperproliferation of cells, incapable of forming an aggressive, metastasizing tumor in-vivo.
  • a malignant neoplasia is described by cells with multiple cellular and biochemical abnormalities, capable of forming a systemic disease, for example forming tumor metastasis in distant organs.
  • the compounds according to the present invention can be preferably used for the treatment of malignant neoplasia, also described as cancer, characterized by tumor cells finally metastasizing into distinct organs or tissues.
  • malignant neoplasia treatable with the compounds according to the present invention include solid and haematological tumors. Solid tumors can be exemplified by tumors of the breast, bladder, bone, brain, central and peripheral nervus system, colon, endocrine glands (e.g.
  • malignant neoplasia include inherited cancers exemplified by Retinoblastoma and Wilms tumor. In addition, malignant neoplasia include primary tumors in said organs and corresponding secondary tumors in distant organs ("tumor metastases").
  • Hematological tumors can bee exemplified by aggressive and indolent forms of leukemia and lymphoma, namely non-Hodgkins disease, chronic and acute myeloid leukemia (CML / AML), acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL), Hodgkins disease, multiple myeloma and T-cell lymphoma. Also included are myelodysplastic syndrome, plasma cell neoplasia, paraneoplastic syndromes, cancers of unknown primary site as well as AIDS related malignancies. It is to be noted that a cancer disease as well as a malignant neoplasia does not necessarily require the formation of metastases in distant organs. Certain tumors exert devastating effects on the primary organ itself through their aggressive growth properties. These can lead to the destruction of the tissue and organ structure finally resulting in failure of the assigned organ function.
  • Neoplastic cell proliferation might also effect normal cell behaviour and organ function. For example the formation of new blood vessels, a process described as neovascularization, is induced by tumors or tumor metastases.
  • the compounds according to this invention will commercially applicable for treatment of pathophysiological relevant processes caused by benign or neoplastic cell proliferation, such as but not limited to neovascularization by unphysiological proliferation of vascular endothelial cells.
  • Drug resistance is of particular importance for the frequent failure of standard cancer therapeutics. This drug resistance is caused by various cellular and molecular mechanisms. One aspect of drug resistance is caused by constitutive activation of anti-apoptotic survival signals with PKB/Akt as a key signalling kinase. Inhibition of PKB/Akt might lead to a resensitization towards standard chemotherapeutic or target specific cancer therapeutics.
  • the commercial applicability of the compounds according to the present invention is not limited to 1 st line treatment of cancer patients.
  • cancer patients with resistance to cancer chemotherapeutics or target specific anti-cancer drugs are also amenable for treatment with these compounds for e.g. 2 nd or 3 rd line treatment cycles.
  • the compounds according to the present invention might be used in combination with standard chemotherapeutic or targeted drugs to resensitize tumors towards these agents.
  • the compounds according to the present invention are expected to be distinguished by valuable and desirable effects related therewith, such as e.g. by low toxicity, superior bioavailability in general (such as e.g. good enteral absorption), superior therapeutic window, absence of significant side effects, and/or further beneficial effects related with their therapeutic and pharmaceutical suitability.
  • the present invention further includes a method for treating mammals, including humans, which are suffering from one of the abovementioned conditions, illnesses, disorders or diseases.
  • the method is characterized in that a pharmacologically active and therapeutically effective and tolerable amount of one or more of compounds according to the present invention is administered to the subject in need of such treatment.
  • the present invention further includes a method for treating, preventing or ameliorating diseases responsive to inhibition of protein kinases, in particular PKB/Akt, in a mammal, including human, comprising administering a pharmacologically active and therapeutically effective and tolerable amount of one or more of compounds according to the present invention to said mammal.
  • the present invention further includes a method for treating (hyper)proliferative diseases of benign or malignant behaviour and/or disorders responsive to induction of apoptosis, such as e.g. cancer, particularly any of those cancer diseases described above, in a mammal, including human, comprising administering a pharmacologically active and therapeutically effective and tolerable amount of one or more of compounds according to the present invention to said mammal.
  • the present invention further includes a method for inhibiting cellular (hyper)proliferation or arresting aberrant cell growth in a mammal, including human, comprising administering a pharmacologically active and therapeutically effective and tolerable amount of one or more of compounds according to the present invention to said mammal.
  • the present invention further includes a method for inducing apoptosis in cells of aberrant cell growth in a mammal, including human, comprising administering a pharmacologically active and therapeutically effective and tolerable amount of one or more of compounds according to the present invention to said mammal.
  • the present invention further includes a method for modulating protein kinase activity, inhibiting cell proliferation and/or inducing apoptosis in vivo in the treatment of diseases which are responsive thereto, such as e.g. any of those diseases mentioned above, in a mammal, including human, comprising administering a pharmacologically active and therapeutically effective and tolerable amount of one or more of compounds according to the present invention to said mammal.
  • the present invention further includes a method for treating malignant neoplasia, such as e.g. cancer, by sensitising towards chemotherapeutic or target-specific anti-cancer drugs in a mammal, including human, comprising administering a pharmacologically active and therapeutically effective and tolerable amount of one or more of compounds according to the present invention to said mammal.
  • a mammal including human
  • the present invention further relates to a method for treating benign and/or malignant neoplasia, such as, for example, any of those diseases mentioned herein, such as e.g. cancer, in a mammal, including human, comprising administering a pharmacologically active and therapeutically effective and tolerable amount of one or more of compounds according to the present invention to said mammal.
  • benign and/or malignant neoplasia such as, for example, any of those diseases mentioned herein, such as e.g. cancer
  • the present invention further includes a method for sensitizing towards chemotherapeutic or target- specific anti-cancer agents in a mammal, including human, comprising administering a pharmacologically active and therapeutically effective and tolerable amount of one or more of the compounds according to the present invention to said mammal.
  • the present invention further relates to the use of the compounds according to the present invention for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions which can be used in the treatment, prevention or amelioration of diseases responsive to protein kinase inhibitor treatment, in particular PKB/Akt inhibitor treatment, such as e.g. those diseases mentioned herein, in particular cancer.
  • diseases responsive to protein kinase inhibitor treatment in particular PKB/Akt inhibitor treatment, such as e.g. those diseases mentioned herein, in particular cancer.
  • the present invention further relates to the use of the compounds according to the present invention for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions which can be used in the treatment, prevention or amelioration of diseases responsive to arresting of aberrant cell growth and/or inducing of apoptosis, such as e.g. those diseases mentioned herein, in particular cancer.
  • the present invention further relates to the use of the compounds according to the present invention for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions which can be used in the treatment, prevention or amelioration of hyperproliferative diseases of benign or malignant behaviour and/or disorders responsive to the induction of apoptosis in a mammal, such as e.g. those diseases mentioned herein, in particular cancer.
  • the present invention further relates to the use of the compounds according to the present invention for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions which can be used in the treatment of benign and/or malignant neoplasia, such as e.g. cancer.
  • the present invention further relates to the use of compounds according to the present invention for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions which can be used for sensitizing towards chemotherapeutic or target specific anti-cancer agents.
  • the present invention further relates to the use of compounds according Jo the present invention for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions which can be used for sensitizing towards radiation therapy of those diseases mentioned herein, particularly cancer.
  • the present invention further relates to the use of the compounds according to the present invention for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions, which can be used in the treatment of diseases sensitive to protein kinase inhibitor therapy and different to cellular neoplasia.
  • diseases sensitive to protein kinase inhibitor therapy and different to cellular neoplasia include, but are not limited to benign prostate hyperplasia, neurofibromatosis, and dermatoses.
  • the present invention further relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more of the compounds according to this invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
  • the present invention further relates to combinations comprising one or more of the compounds according to this invention and pharmaceutically acceptable auxiliaries, excipients or vehicles, e.g. for use in the treatment, prevention or amelioration of (hyper)proliferative diseases of benign or malignant behaviour and/or disorders responsive to the induction of apoptosis in a mammal, such as e.g. cancer.
  • the present invention further relates to a composition consisting essentially of a therapeutically effective and tolerable amount of one or more compounds according to this invention together with the usual pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles, diluents and/or excipients for use in therapy, e.g. for treating diseases sensitive to inhibition of protein kinases, in particular PKB/Akt.
  • the present invention further relates to compounds according to this invention for use in therapy, such as, for example, in the treatment, prevention or amelioration of diseases sensitive to inhibition of protein kinases, in particular PKB/Akt, such as e.g. (hyper)proliferative diseases of benign or malignant behaviour and/or disorders responsive to the induction of apoptosis, such as e.g. those diseases mentioned herein, particularly cancer.
  • the present invention further relates to compounds according to the present invention for use in therapy, in particular in the therapy of those diseases mentioned herein.
  • the present invention further relates to compounds according to this invention having protein kinases inhibiting properties, in particular PKB/Akt inhibiting properties.
  • the present invention further relates to compounds according to this invention having antiproliferative and/or apoptosis inducing activity.
  • the invention relates to an article of manufacture, which comprises packaging material and a pharmaceutical agent contained within said packaging material, wherein the pharmaceutical agent is therapeutically effective for inhibiting the effects of protein, kinases, in particular inhibition the protein kinase B /Akt, ameliorating the symptoms of a protein kinase mediated disorder, and wherein the packaging material comprises a label or package insert which indicates that the pharmaceutical agent is useful for preventing or treating protein kinase mediated disorders, and wherein said pharmaceutical agent comprises one or more compounds according to the invention.
  • the packaging material, label and package insert otherwise parallel or resemble what is generally regarded as standard packaging material, labels and package inserts for pharmaceuticals having related utilities.
  • compositions according to this invention are prepared by processes which are known per se and familiar to the person skilled in the art.
  • a delayed release form or an enteric form exactly suited to the active compound and/or to the desired onset of action can be achieved.
  • the person skilled in the art is familiar with auxiliaries, vehicles, excipients, diluents, carriers or adjuvants which are suitable for the desired pharmaceutical formulations, preparations or compositions on account of his/her expert knowledge.
  • auxiliaries, vehicles, excipients, diluents, carriers or adjuvants which are suitable for the desired pharmaceutical formulations, preparations or compositions on account of his/her expert knowledge.
  • solvents for example antioxidants, dispersants, emulsifiers, pre ⁇ servatives, solubilizers, colorants, complexing agents or permeation promoters, can be used.
  • additional therapeutic active agents which are normally administered to treat or prevent that disease, may optionally be coadministered with the compounds according to this invention.
  • additional therapeutic agents that are normally administered to treat or prevent a particular disease are known as appropriate for the disease being treated.
  • the compounds according to this invention may be combined with one or more standard therapeutic agents used for treatment of the diseases as mentioned before.
  • the compounds according to the present invention may be combined with one or more art-known anti-cancer agents, such as e.g. with one or more chemotherapeutic and/or target specific anti-cancer agents.
  • chemotherapeutic anti-cancer agents used in cancer therapy include, but not are limited to (i) alkylating/carbamylating agents such as Cyclophosphamid (Endoxan®), lfosfamid (Holoxan®), Thiotepa (Thiothepa Lederle®), Melphalan (Alkeran®), or chloroethylnitrosourea (BCNU); (ii) platinum derivatives like cis-platin (Platinex® BMS), oxaliplatin or carboplatin (Carboplat® BMS); (iii) antimitotic agents / tubulin inhibitors such as vinca 1 alkaloids (vincristine, vinblastine, vinorelbine, vinflunine), taxanes such as Taxol (Paclitaxel®), Taxotere (Docetaxel®) and analogs as well as new formulations and conjugates thereof, epothilones such as Epothilone B (
  • target specific anti-cancer drug classes used in experimental or standard cancer therapy include but are not limited to (i) kinase inhibitors such as e.g. Glivec (Imatinib®), ZD-1839 / lressa (Gefitinib®), Bay43-9006 (Sorafenib®), SU11248 (Sutent®) or OSI-774 / Tarceva (Eriotinib®); (ii) proteasome inhibitors such as PS-341 (Velcade®); (iii) heat shock protein 90 inhibitors like 17- allylaminogeldanamycin (17-AAG); (iv) vascular targeting agents (VTAs) like Cobretastatin A4 phosphate or AVE8062 / AC7700 and anti-angiogenic drugs like the VEGF antibody Avastin (Bevacizumab®) or the KDR tyrosin kinase inhibitor PTK787 / ZK222584 (Vatalani
  • Tamoxifen e.g. Flutamide or Casodex
  • LHRH analogs e.g. Leuprolide, Goserelin or Triptorelin
  • aromatase inhibitors e.g. Toll-like receptor 9 (TLR9) agonists like Promune® and
  • TLR9 agonists like Promune®
  • HDACs class l/ll histone deacetylases
  • target specific anti-cancer agents which can be used for combination therapy include bleomycin, retinoids such as all-trans retinoic acid (ATRA), DNA methyltransferase inhibitors such as the 2-deoxycytidine derivative Decitabine (Docagen®), alanosine, cytokines such as interleukin-2 or interferons such as interferon ⁇ 2 or interferon- ⁇ , TRAIL, DR4/5 agonistic antibodies, FasL and TNF-R agonists.
  • ATRA all-trans retinoic acid
  • Docagen® DNA methyltransferase inhibitors
  • Docagen® 2-deoxycytidine derivative Decitabine
  • alanosine alanosine
  • cytokines such as interleukin-2 or interferons such as interferon ⁇ 2 or interferon- ⁇
  • TRAIL DR4/5 agonistic antibodies
  • FasL and TNF-R agonists FasL and TNF-R agonists.
  • anti-cancer agents for use in the combination therapy according to the present invention the following drugs may be mentioned, without being restricted thereto, 5 FU, actinomycin D, ABARELIX, ABCIXIMAB, ACLARUBICIN, ADAPALENE, ALEMTUZUMAB, ALTRETAMINE, AMINOGLUTETHIMIDE, AMIPRILOSE, AMRUBICIN, ANASTROZOLE, ANCITABINE, ARTEMISININ, AZATHIOPRINE, BASILIXIMAB, BENDAMUSTINE, BEXXAR, BICALUTAMIDE, BLEOMYCIN, BROXURIDINE, BUSULFAN, CAPECITABINE, CARBOPLATIN, CARBOQUONE, CARMUSTINE, CETRORELIX, CHLORAMBUCIL, CHLORMETHINE, CiSPLATiN, CLADRIIINE, CLOMIFENE, CYCLOPHOSPHAMIDE, DACARBAZINE, DACLIZUMAB,
  • Said total daily dosage(s) can vary within a wide range.
  • the compounds according to this invention may be administered in combination therapy separately, sequentially, simultaneously or chronologically staggered (such as e.g. as combined unit dosage forms, as separate unit dosage forms, as adjacent discrete unit dosage forms, as fixed or non-fixed combinations, as kit-of-parts or as admixtures) with one or more standard therapeutics, in particular art-known anti-cancer agents, such as e.g. those mentioned above (e.g. chemotherapeutic and/or target specific anti-cancer agents).
  • standard therapeutics in particular art-known anti-cancer agents, such as e.g. those mentioned above (e.g. chemotherapeutic and/or target specific anti-cancer agents).
  • the present invention further relates to a combination comprising a first active ingredient, which is at least one compound according to this invention, and a second active ingredient, which is at least one standard therapeutic, in particular at least one an art- known anti-cancer agent, such as e.g. one or more of those mentioned herejn above, for separate, sequential, simultaneous or chronologically staggered use in therapy, such as e.g. to treat, prevent or ameliorate diseases responsive to protein kinase inhibitor treatment, in particular responsive to PKB/Akt inhibitor treatment, such as, for example, hyperproliferative diseases of benign or malignant behaviour and/or disorders responsive to the induction of apoptosis in a mammal, such as e.g. those diseases mentioned herein, in particular cancer.
  • a first active ingredient which is at least one compound according to this invention
  • a second active ingredient which is at least one standard therapeutic, in particular at least one an art- known anti-cancer agent, such as e.g. one or more of those mentioned herejn above, for
  • combination may be present as a fixed combination, a non-fixed combination or a kit-of-parts.
  • a “fixed combination” is defined as a combination wherein the said first active ingredient and the said second active ingredient are present together in one unit dosage or in a single entity.
  • a “fixed combination” is a pharmaceutical composition wherein the said first active ingredient and the said second active ingredient are present in admixture for simultaneous administration, such as in a formulation.
  • Another example of a “fixed combination” is a pharmaceutical combination wherein the said first active ingredient and the said second active ingredient are present in one unit without being in admixture.
  • a “kit-of-parts” is defined as a combination wherein the said first active ingredient and the said second active ingredient are present in more than one unit.
  • a “kit-of-parts” is a combination wherein the said first active ingredient and the said second active ingredient are present separately. The components of the kit-of-parts may be administered separately, sequentially, simultaneously or chronologically staggered.
  • the present invention further relates to a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a first active ingredient, which is at least one compound according to this invention, and a second active ingredient, which is at least one standard therapeutic agent, in particular an art-known anti-cancer agent, such as e.g. one or more of those mentioned herein above, and, optionally, a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent, for separate, sequential, simultaneous or chronologically staggered use in therapy.
  • the present invention further relates to a kit-of-parts comprising a preparation of a first active ingredient, which is a compound according to this invention, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent; a preparation of a second active ingredient, which is an standard therapeutic agent, in particular an art-known anti-cancer agent, such as one of those mentioned above, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent; for simultaneous, sequential, separate or chronologically staggered use in therapy.
  • said kit comprises instructions for its use in therapy, e.g. to treat benign and/or malignant neoplasia responsive to the inhibition of protein kinases, in particular the protein kinase B (PKB) / Akt.
  • the present invention further relates to a combined preparation comprising at least one compound according to the present invention and at least one known therapeutic agent, in particular at least one art-known anti-cancer agent for simultaneous, sequential or separate administration.
  • the present invention further relates to a method for treating diseases and/or disorders responsive to the inhibition of protein kinases, in particular the protein kinase B (PKB) / Akt, such as e.g. cancer, in a patient comprising administering in combination therapy separately, simultaneously, . sequentially or chronologically staggered a pharmaceutically active and .therapeutically effective and tolerable amount of a pharmaceutical composition, which comprises a compound according to this invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent, and a pharmaceutically active and therapeutically effective and tolerable amount of one or more standard therapeutic agents, in particular one or more art-known anti-cancer agents, such as e.g. one or more of those mentioned herein, to said patient in need thereof.
  • PKI protein kinase B
  • Akt protein kinase B
  • Akt protein kinase B
  • cancer protein kinase B
  • Akt protein kinase B
  • Akt protein kinase B
  • the present invention relates to a method for treating, preventing or ameliorating (hype ⁇ roliferative diseases and/or disorders responsive to induction of apoptosis, such as e.g. benign or malignant neoplasia, particularly any of those cancer diseases mentioned herein, in a patient comprising administering a combination according to the present invention.
  • the present invention further relates to a commercial package comprising one or more compounds of the present invention together with instructions for simultaneous, sequential or separate use with one or more standard therapeutics, such as e.g. one or more chemotherapeutic and/or target specific anti ⁇ cancer agents, such as e.g. any of those mentioned herein.
  • the present invention further relates to a commercial package consisting essentially of one or more compounds of the present invention as sole active ingredient together with instructions for simultaneous, sequential or separate use with one or more standard therapeutics, such as e.g. art- known anti-cancer agents, such as e.g. any of those mentioned herein.
  • standard therapeutics such as e.g. art- known anti-cancer agents, such as e.g. any of those mentioned herein.
  • the present invention further relates to a commercial package comprising one or more art-known anti ⁇ cancer agents, such as e.g. any of those mentioned herein, together with instructions for simultaneous, sequential or separate use with one or more compounds according to the present invention.
  • compositions, combinations, preparations, formulations, kits or packages mentioned in the context of the combination therapy according to this invention may also include more than one of the compounds according to this invention and/or more than one of the standard therapeutics, such as e.g. the art-known anti-cancer agents mentioned.
  • the present invention further relates to pharmaceutical combinations or compositions according to this invention having protejij, kinase inhibiting, in particular PKB/Akt inhibiting, properties.
  • the present invention further relates to pharmaceutical combinations or compositions according to this invention having anti-(hyper)proliferative and/or apoptosis inducing activity.
  • the present invention further relates to a method for treating diseases and/or disorders responsive to the inhibition of protein kinases, such as e.g. cancer, in a patient comprising administering a combination, composition, formulation, preparation or kit as described herein to said patient in need thereof.
  • diseases and/or disorders responsive to the inhibition of protein kinases such as e.g. cancer
  • the present invention further relates to the use of a composition, combination, formulation, preparation or kit in the manufacture of a pharmaceutical product, such as e.g. a commercial package or a medicament, for treating, preventing or ameliorating diseases and/or disorders responsive to the inhibition of protein kinases, in particular the protein kinase B (PKB) / Akt, such as e.g. those diseases mentioned herein, in particular cancer.
  • a pharmaceutical product such as e.g. a commercial package or a medicament
  • the present invention further relates to the use of one or more of the compounds according to this invention for the manufacture of a medicament for use in combination with a chemotherapeutic or target-specific agent for the treatment of cancer, particularly for the treatment of one of those cancer diseases mentioned above, such as e.g. any of those anti-cancer agents mentioned herein.
  • the first and second active ingredient of a combination or kit-of-parts according to this invention may be provided as separate formulations (i.e. independently of one another), which are subsequently brought together for simultaneous, sequential, separate or chronologically staggered use in combination therapy; or packaged and presented together as separate components of a combination pack for simultaneous, sequential, separate or chronologically staggered use in combination therapy.
  • the type of pharmaceutical formulation of the first and second active ingredient of a combination or kit-of-parts according to this invention can be similar, i.e. both ingredients are formulated in separate tablets or capsules, or can be different, i.e. suited for different administration forms, such as e.g. one active ingredient is formulated as tablet or capsule and the other is formulated for e.g. intravenous administration.
  • the amounts of the first and second active ingredients of the combinations, compositions or kits according to this invention may together comprise a therapeutically effective amount for the treatment, prophylaxis or amelioration of a treatment, prophylaxis or amelioration of a (hyper)proliferative disease, particularly one of those diseases mentioned herein.
  • compounds according to the present invention can be used in the pre- or post-surgical treatment of cancer.
  • compounds of the present invention can be used in combination with radiation therapy, in particular in sensitisation of cancer patients towards standard radiation therapy.
  • a combination according to this invention can refer to a composition comprising both the compound according to this invention and the other active anti-cancer agent in a fixed combination (fixed unit dosage form), or a medicament pack comprising the two active ingredients as discrete separate dosage forms (non-fixed combination).
  • a medicament pack comprising the two active ingredients
  • the active ingredients are preferably packed into blister cards which are suited for improving compliance.
  • Each blister card preferably contains the medicaments to be taken on one day of treatment. If the medicaments are to be taken at different times of day, the medicaments can be disposed in different sections on the blister card according to the different ranges of times of day at which the medicaments are to be taken (for example morning and evening or morning, midday and evening).
  • the blister cavities for the medicaments to be taken together at a particular time of day are accommodated in the respective range of times of day.
  • the various times of day are, of course, also put on the blister in a clearly visible way. It is also possible, of course, for example to indicate a period in which the medicaments are to be taken, for example stating the times.
  • the daily sections may represent one line of the blister card, and the times of day are then identified in chronological sequence in this column.
  • Medicaments which must be taken together at a particular time of day are placed together at the appropriate time on the blister card, preferably a narrow distance apart, allowing them to be pushed out of the blister easily, and having the effect that removal of the dosage form from the blister is not forgotten.
  • compositions or combinations according to the invention may be performed in any of the generally accepted modes of administration available in the art.
  • suitable modes of administration include intravenous, oral, nasal, parenteral, topical, transdermal and rectal delivery. Oral and intravenous delivery are preferred.
  • the compounds of the invention are in particular administered in the form of those pharmaceutical compositions which are suitable for topical application.
  • suitable pharmaceutical formulations are, for example, powders, emulsions, suspensions, sprays, oils, ointments, fatty ointments, creams, pastes, gels or solutions.
  • compositions according to the invention are;,prepared by processes known per se.
  • the dosage of the active compounds is carried out in the order of magnitude customary for protein kinase inhibitors.
  • Topical application forms (such as ointments) for the treatment of dermatoses thus contain the active compounds in a concentration of, for example, 0.1-99%.
  • the customary dose in the case of systemic therapy (p.o.) is between 0.3 and 30 mg/kg per day, (i. v.) is between 0.3 and 30 mg/kg/h.
  • the choice of the optimal dosage regime and duration of medication, particularly the optimal dose and manner of administration of the active compounds necessary in each case can be determined by a person skilled in the art on the basis of his/her expert knowledge. Biolo ⁇ ical Investigations
  • Akt1 active
  • Akt1 active
  • PDK1. and PKA For the biochemical assay ⁇ PHAkti was used devoid of its PH domain as a GST fusion protein (named GST-deltaPH-Akt1 ; 107-480aa; cloned in the pAcG1 vector (BD Biosciences Pharmingen)), co-expressed with PDK1 in SF9 insect cells. The protein was purified using glutathion-affinity chromatography by standard protocols.
  • Akt1 is activated with GST- MAPKAP-K2 and PDK1, and repurified on Ni2+/NTA-agrose and glutathioneagarose (Upstate, UK; #14-276).
  • Akt1 active assay recombinant full-length human Akt1 a containing N-terminal His6 tag was cloned and expressed in baculovirus infected Sf21 insect cells.
  • the enzyme is purified using Ni2+/NTA-agarose (Upstate, UK; #14-279).
  • Akt1 active assay
  • recombinant full-length human PDK1 containing N-terminal His6 tag was cloned and expressed in baculovirus infected Sf21 insect cells.
  • the enzyme is purified using Ni2+/NTA-agarose.
  • Biochemical APH Akt1 assay In order to study the inhibition of Akt according to the invention, a flashplate-based assay has been developed.
  • the Akt1 assay is a biochemical assay using Akt1 devoid of its PH domain and co-expressed with PDK1 in insect cells.
  • the GST- ⁇ PH-Akt1 assay is run in 96 well plates by incubating 100ng/well GST- ⁇ PH-Akt1 , 100ng/well histone 2B (Roche, #223514) as substrate, 10 ⁇ l of compound of invention (test compounds were dissolved as 10 mM solutions in dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) and subsequently diluted) and 10OnM ATP (including 33 P-ATP) in 100 ⁇ l of reaction buffer (5OnM HEPES, pH7,5; 3mM MgCI 2 ; 3mM MnCI 2 ; 3 ⁇ M Na-Orthovanadat; 1mM DTT; 1 ⁇ g/ml PEG8000) for 80 minutes at 30 0 C.
  • reaction buffer 5OnM HEPES, pH7,5; 3mM MgCI 2 ; 3mM MnCI 2 ; 3 ⁇ M Na-Orthovanadat; 1mM DTT; 1 ⁇ g/ml PEG8000
  • the reactions are terminated by adding 100 ⁇ l stopping buffer (2% H 3 PO 4 for 5 minutes) and are washed 3 times by using washing buffer (0,9% NaCI).
  • the detection is based on the adhesion of the phosphorylated protein to the surface of scintillator-coated flash plates (NEN, USA; #SMP-200). This phosphorylation is measured by counting the plate for 60 sec. using a plate reader (Wallac Microbeta; Perkin Elmer, USA).
  • the analysis of the data is performed using a biostatistical program (GraphPad Prism, USA).
  • Preferred compounds show an IC 50 of ⁇ PH-Akt1 inhibition below 5 ⁇ M.
  • Biochemical Akt1 (active) assay full-length Akt1
  • full-length Akt1 is a biochemical assay using Akt1 N-terminally fused to GST and co- expressed with PDK1 in insect cells.
  • the Akt1 assay is run in 96 well plates by incubating 500ng/well GST-Akt1, 1 ⁇ M Crosstide (N-terminally biotinylated synthetic peptide (KGSGSGRPRTSSFAEG) Upstate, #12-385) as substrate, 10 ⁇ l of test compound (test compounds were dissolved as 10 mM solutions in dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) and subsequently diluted) and 10OnM ATP (including 33 P-ATP) in 100 ⁇ l of reaction buffer (5OmM HEPES, pH7,5; 3mM MgCI 2 ; 3mM MnCI 2 ; 3 ⁇ M Na-Orthovanadat; 1mM DTT; 1 ⁇ g/ml PEG8000) for 60 minutes at 30°C in 96well microtiter plates.
  • reaction buffer 5OmM HEPES, pH7,5; 3mM MgCI 2 ; 3mM MnCI 2 ; 3 ⁇ M Na-Orthovanadat; 1mM DTT; 1 ⁇ g/m
  • the reactions are terminated by adding 100 ⁇ l stopping buffer (5M NaCI, 35mM EDTA pH 8,0) for 5 minutes. 190 ⁇ l of the reaction mixture are transferred into streptavidin-coated Flashplates (Perkin Elmer, #SMP-103) and incubated for further 30 minutes at room temperature. The plates are washed 3 times by using washing buffer (0,9% NaCI). Relying on the incorporation of 33 P into the peptide substrate crosstide, the detection is based on the specific binding of the biotinylated peptide to the streptavidin-coated surface of scintillator-coated flash plates (NEN, USA; #SMP-103). This phosphorylation is measured by counting the plate for 60 sec.
  • Akt1 inhibition shows an IC 50 of Akt1 inhibition below 2 ⁇ M.
  • Representative ICso values for inhibition of Akt1 (full-lenth Akt1, active) determined in the aforementioned assay follow from the following table B, in which the numbers of the compounds correspond to the numbers of the examples.
  • Biochemical Akt1 (inactive) assay full-length Akt1
  • an IMAP-based assay has been developed for the protein kinase B alpha, PKB ⁇ (fullAkti, inactive).
  • PDK1 -dependent activation and subsequent enzymatic activity of Akt1 Activity of purified human Akt1 is routinely measured in an assay in which the enzyme is first activated by PDK1 in the presence of phosphatidylinositol-3,4,5- triphosphate (PIP3).
  • PIP3 phosphatidylinositol-3,4,5- triphosphate
  • Akt1 -dependent phosphorylation of a fluorescence labelled peptide substrate is measured by fluorescence polarisation using the IMAP technology (Molecular Devices).
  • This Akt-activation-assay uses inactive full length AKT1 (Upstate, #25675U), full length PDK1 , a fluorescence labelled AKT1 substrate peptide (Thermo Electron GmbH, 5-Fluorescein-NH- RARTSSFAEPG-CONH 2 ), and phospholipid vesicles (PIP3, Biomol, Cat.# PH-107;DOPC/DOPS "Upstate Lipid Blend", Avanti Polar Lipids, Cat.# 790595P).
  • the phospholipids are prepared as follows: 5mg DOPC/DOPS are solved in 200 ⁇ l 1OmM Tris (pH 7.4) and 300 ⁇ g PIP3 are resuspended in 950 ⁇ l 1OmM Tris (pH 7.4) by pipetting. 950 ⁇ l solved PIP3 are mixed with 50 ⁇ lsolved DOPC/DOPS and incubated for 2h at a temperature below 20 0 C. Then the mixture is subjected to sonification for 30 min. at max. power until a translucent phopholipid vesicle preparation is obtained. Aliquots of the vesicle suspension are frozen at -80 0 C until needed, likewise the solved DOPC/DOPS. Assays are performed in 384-well plates.
  • reaction buffer mixture contains in a final volmue of 25 ⁇ l: 1OmM Tris pH 7,4, 1OmM MgCI 2 . 1mM DTT, and 0,1mg/ml BSA.
  • activation buffer contains: 50ng/well Akt1, 20ng/well PDK1, 1,25 ⁇ M peptide substrat, 50 ⁇ M ATP, and phospholipid vesicles (1:20). Test compounds are added from stock solutions in DMSO before activation of Akt1 by PDK1.
  • Biochemical PKA assay In order to study the kinase inhibition activity of the compounds according to the invention, a flashplate-based assay has been developed for the serine/threonine kinase, PKA. The assay is run in 96 well plates by incubating 1ng/well His-PKA (PanVera, USA; #R3791), 0,5 ⁇ M/well PKA peptide (#12-394; Upstate, USA) as substrate, 10 ⁇ l of compound of invention (test compounds were dissolved as 10 mM solutions in dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) and subsequently diluted) and 10OnM ATP (including 33 P-ATP) in 100 ⁇ l of reaction buffer (5OnM HEPES, pH7,5; 3mM MgCI 2 ; 3mM MnCI 2 ; 3 ⁇ M Na-Orthovanadat; 1mM DTT) for 80 minutes at 22°C.
  • reaction buffer 5OnM HEPES, pH7,5; 3mM MgCI 2 ; 3mM
  • the reactions are stopped by adding 100 ⁇ l stopping buffer (2% H 3 PO 4 for 5 minutes) and are washed 3 times by using washing buffer (200 ⁇ l IxPBS). Relying on the incorporation of 33 P into the peptide substrate, the detection is based on the adhesion of the phosphorylated peptide to the surface of scintillator-coated Flash plates (Perkin Elme'rf USA; #SMP-103). This phosphorylation is measured by counting the plate for 60 sec. using a plate reader (Wallac Microbeta; Perkin Elmer, USA). By using this method the IC 50 of the PKA inhibition is determined. The analysis of the data is performed using a biostatistical program (GraphPad Prism, USA). Preferred compounds show an IC 50 of PKA inhibition above 10 ⁇ M.
  • ELISA-based assay In order to study the cellular activity of the compounds according to the invention, an ELISA-based assay has been established. The assay is based on a Sandwich ELISA kit (PathScanTM Phospho-Akt1 (Ser473); Cell Signaling, USA; #7160). The assay detects endogenous levels of phosphorylated Akt1 protein. A phospho-Akt (Ser473) antibody (Cell Signaling, USA; #9271) has been coated onto the microwells. After incubation with cell lysates, the phosphorylated Akt protein is captured by the coated antibody.
  • Akt1 monoclonal antibody (Cell Signaling, USA; #2967) is added to detect the captured phospho-Akt1 protein.
  • HRP-linked anti-mouse antibody (Cell Signaling, USA; #7076) is then used to recognize the bound detection antibody.
  • MCF7 cells (ATCC HTB-22) are seeded into 96 well fate bottom plates at a density of 10000 cells/well. 24 hours after seeding the cells are starved using estrogen-free medium (IMEM including 0,1% charcoal treated FCS).
  • each of the compound dilutions (test compounds were dissolved as 10 mM solutions in DMSO and subsequently diluted) are added into each well of the 96 well plates and incubated for 48h at 37°C in a humidified athmosphere containing 5% CO 2 .
  • ⁇ -Heregulin (20ng/ml) is added in parallel to the compounds.
  • Wells containing unstimulated control cells (no ⁇ -Heregulin stimulation) are incubated with or without the diluted compound.
  • Wells containing untreated control cells (no compound) are filled with medium containing 0.5% v:v DMSO and are with ⁇ -Heregulin or are not stimulated.
  • Cells are harvested under nondenaturating conditions and lysed with brief sonification in 1x cell lyses buffer (2OmM Tris (pH7.5), 150 mM NaCI, 1 mM ethylene diaminetetraacetate (EDTA), 1 mM ethylene glycolbis-(2-aminoethyl)-N,N,N',N l -tetraacetic acid (EGTA), 1% Triton X-100, 2.5mM sodium pyrophosphate, 1 mM ⁇ -glycerolphosphate, 1 mM Na3VO4, 1 ⁇ g/ml leupeptin). The lysate is microcentrifuged for 10 minutes at 4 0 C and the supernatant is transferred to a new tube.
  • 1x cell lyses buffer 2OmM Tris (pH7.5), 150 mM NaCI, 1 mM ethylene diaminetetraacetate (EDTA), 1 mM ethylene glycolbis-(2-aminoethy
  • sample diluent (0.1% tween-20, 0.1% sodium azide in 2OX PBS) are added to a microcentrifuge tube and 100 ⁇ l of cell lysate are transferred into the tube and vortexed. 100 ⁇ l of each diluted cell lysate are added to the appropriate well (phospho-Akt (Ser473) antibody coated microwells; Cell Signaling, USA; #7160) and incubated overnight at 4°C. The plates are washed 4 times with 1x wash buffer (1 % tween-20, 0.33% thymol, in 20X PBS).
  • detection antibody Akt1 (2H10) monoclonal detection antibody; Cell Signaling, USA; #2967
  • HRP-linked secondary antibody anti- mouse IgG HRP-linked antibody; Cell Signaling, USA; #7076
  • TMB substrate 0.1% 3,3',5,5' tetramethylbenzidine, 0.1% hydrogen peroxide, complex polypeptides in a buffered solution; Cell Signaling, USA; #7160
  • Cellular pGSK3 assay In order to study the cellular activity of the compounds according to the invention, an ELISA-based assay has been established for the phosphorylated glycogen synthetase kinase 3, GSK3. The assay is based on a solid phase sandwich ELISA that detects endogenous levels of the phosphorylated GSK3 (BioSource International, Inc.; Catalog #KHO0461). A phospho-GSK3 (Ser9) antibody has been coated onto the microwells. After incubation with cell lysates, the coated antibody captures the phosphorylated GSK3 protein. Following extensive washing, GSK3 polyclonal antibody is added to detect the captured phospho-GSK3 protein.
  • HRP-linked anti-mouse antibody (anti-rabbit IgG-HRP) is then used to recognize the bound detection antibody. After the second incubation and washing to remove all the excess anti-rabbit IgG-HRP, a substrate solution is added, which is acted upon by the bound enzyme to produce color. The intensity of this colored product is directly proportional to the concentration of GSK-3 ⁇ [pS9] present in the original specimen.
  • MCF7 cells (ATCC HTB-22) are seeded into 96 well plates at a density of 10000 cells/well.
  • each of the compound dilutions (test compounds were dissolved as 10 mM solutions in DMSO and subsequently diluted) are added into each well of the 96 well plates and incubated for 48h at 37°C in a humidified athmosphere containing 5% CO 2 .
  • Cells are harvested and lysed with brief vortexing in cell extraction buffer (10 mM Tris, pH 7.4, 100 mM NaCI, 1 mM EDTA, 1 mM EGTA, 1 mM NaF, 20 mM Na4P2O7, 2 mM Na3VO4, 1% Triton X-100, 10% glycerol, 0.1% SDS, 0.5% deoxycholate, 1 mM PMSF).
  • the lysate are centrifuged for 10 minutes at 4°C and the supernatant transferred to a new tube.
  • 50 ⁇ l of sample diluent standard diluent buffer, Biosource
  • 100 ⁇ l of cell lysate transferred into the tube and vortexed 100 ⁇ l of each diluted cell lysate are added to the appropriate well (phospho-GSK3 (Ser9) antibody coated microwells; BioSource) and incubated for 3h at room temperature.
  • the plates are washed 4 times with 1x wash buffer (Biosource).
  • 50 ⁇ l of detection antibody GSK3 (Ser9) detection antibody; BioSource
  • GSK3 (Ser9) detection antibody; BioSource are added to each well and incubated for 30 min. at room temperature. The washing procedure is repeated between each step.
  • HRP-linked secondary antibody anti-mouse IgG HRP-linked antibody
  • TMB substrate 0.05% 3,3',5,5' tetramethylbenzidine, 0.1% hydrogen peroxide, complex polypeptides in a buffered solution; Biosource
  • Stop solution 0.05% ⁇ and ⁇ unsaturated carbonyl compound
  • the absorbance is measured at 450 nm (Wallac Victor2; Perkin Elmer, USA) within 30 minutes after adding Stop solution.
  • the analysis of the data is performed using a statistical program (Microsoft Excel, USA) and the inhibition of pGSK3 phosphorylation is determined.
  • IC 50 values for GSK3 inhibition determined in the aforementioned assay follow from the following table F, in which the number of the compound corresponds to the number of the example.
  • Cellular proliferation / cytotoxicity assay The antiproliferative activity of the compounds as described herein, is evaluated using MCF7 and MDA-MB-468 (ATCC HTB-22 and HTB-132) cell lines and the Alamar Blue (Resazurin) cell viability assay (O'Brien et al. Eur J Biochem 267, 5421-5426, 2000). Resazurin is reduced to the fluorescent rescr ⁇ fin by cellular dehydrogenase activity, correlating with viable, proliferating cells. Test compounds are dissolved as 10 mM solutions in DMSO and subsequently diluted.
  • MCF7 or MDA-MB- 434 cells were seeded into 96 well flat bottom plates at a density of 10000 cells/well (MCF7) or 5000 cells/well (MDA-MB-468) in a volume of 200 ⁇ l/well. 24 hours after seeding, 1 ⁇ l each of the compound dilutions are added into each well of the 96 well plates. Each compound dilution is tested as at least as duplicates. Wells containing untreated control cells were filled with 200 ⁇ l DMEM containing 0.5% v:v DMSO. The cells are then incubated with the substances for 48 hours at 37°C in a humidified athmosphere containing 5% carbon dioxide.
  • Chemosensitization assay The herein disclosed compounds are evaluated for the ability to sensitize cancer cells towards apoptotic stimuli.
  • Compounds described in this invention are tested alone and in combination with chemotherapeutic and targeted cancer therapeutics to determine the effect on apoptosis induction.
  • Cancer cells are seeded in 96 well plates at concentrations ranging from 2x10 3 to 1x 10 4 cells per well in their respective growth media.48-72hours later, the apoptosis assay are set up as follows: a) For combination assays with a chemotherapeutic agent like camptothecin, compounds are added at respective concentrations indicated and plates in ⁇ abated at 37°C in a CO 2 incubator for 18 hours.
  • the amount of coloured product (and thus, of immobilized antibodyhistone complexes) is determined spectrophotometrically (absorbance at 405 nm). Data are expressed as percent activity of control with cisplatin used as a positive control. Apoptosis induction by 50 ⁇ M cisplatin is arbitrarily defined as 100 cisplatin units (100 CPU).

Abstract

The invention relates to novel pyrimidine derivatives of Formula (I), which are efficacious inhibitors of protein kinases, in particular of one or more isoforms of the protein kinase B/Akt.

Description

, 6-DISUBSTITUTED PYRIMIDINES AND THEIR USE AS PROTEIN KINASE INHIBITORS
Field of application of the invention
The invention relates to novel pyrimidine derivatives as inhibitors of protein kinases, in particular of one or more isofomns of the protein kinase B (PKB) / Akt, which can be used in the pharmaceutical industry for the production of pharmaceutical compositions.
Known technical background
Protein kinases are key regulators in many cellular process like signal transduction, proliferation, cell cycle regulation, differentiation and survival / apoptosis as well as pathophysiological alterations within these processes causing diseases. Thus, protein kinases constitute an important target class for therapeutic intervention (P.Cohen, Nature Rev Drug Discovery 1 , 309, 2002; T.G. Cross, et al., Exp. Cell Res. 256, 34-41 , 2000). They can be categorized regarding their substrate specificity, namely enzymes specific for tyrosine and / or serine / threonine residues. Many protein kinases specific for tyrosine residues are membrane associated or membrane spanning enzymes, like the epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR / HER1). In contrast, many serine/threonine specific protein kinases are intracellular kinases involved in signal transduction processes within the cell. Regarding cancer therapy, Gilvec (Imatinib®) for treating chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML) inhibiting the bcr-abl kinase fusion protein and lressa (Gefitinib®) inhibiting the EGFR kinase for treatment of late stage non-small-cell lung cancer (NSCLC) patients have been approved recently. Cancer is a complex disease arising after a selection process for cells with aquired functional capabilities like enhanced survival / resistance towards apoptosis and limitless proliferative potential. Thus, it is preferred to develop drugs for cancer therapy targeting several features of an established tumor. Kinase inhibitors with a defined, pathophysiological inhibition profile are preferred. As an example, Glivec potently inhibits not only the bcr-abl kinase, but also the platelet-derived growth factor receptor (PDGF-R) kinase and the c-kit receptor kinase. Other examples for kinases causally involved in tumor biology and cancer as a disease are the various vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) receptors, the insulin-like growth factor receptor (IGF1R) and downstream signalling kinases like phosphatidylinositol kinase (PI3K) and phosphoinositide-dependent kinase 1 (PDK1), the EGFR family including HER2, HER3 and HER4, the family of mitotic kinases including polo-like kinases (PLK) and Aurora kinase isoenzymes and raf isoenzymes including B-raf.
Within the class of serine-threonine specific signalling kinases, Akt (protein kinase B; PKB) with the isoenzmyes Akt1 (PKBα), Akt2 (PKB β) and Akt3 (PKB γ) is of high interest for therapeutic intervention. One pathway that has been shown to mediate important survival signals for mammalian cells comprises receptor tyrosine kinases like platelet-derived growth factor receptor (PDGF-R; Franke et al., Cell. 1995 Jun 2;81(5):727-36) or the insulin-like growth factor 1 receptor (IGF-1R; Kulik et al., MoI Cell Biol. 1997 Mar; 17(3): 1595-606). After activation by ligand, these receptors activate the PI3K pathway. One aspect of PI3K activation is to protect cells from programmed cell death ("apoptosis") and is hence considered to transduce a survival signal to a cell. This signal is counteracted by the lipid phosphatase PTEN (phosphatase and tensin homolog), cleaving the PI3K product Pl(3, 4, 5)P3 by removing the 3' phosphate. PTEN is deleted or functionally inactivated in many cancer cells, leading to a constitutive survival signal. The phosphatidylinositide lipid produced by PI3K can stimulate multiple kinases, including protein kinase B /Akt, which is a central downstream mediator of anti- apoptotic signals transmitted by PI3K (Datta et al., Genes Dev. 1999 Nov 15;13(22):2905-27. Review). The amino terminus of the Akt enzymes contains a PH domain that recruits the protein to the cell membrane by binding to the PI3K product Pl(3, 4, 5)P3 and Pl(3, 4,)P2 leading to a conformational change. This conformational change allows Akt to be phosphorylated at threonine 308 and serine 473 (numbering of residues according to human Akt1) by the kinase PDK1 and a postulated kinase PDK2. A number of potential substrates within the apoptotic machinery have been identified that are phosphorylated by Akt within the consensus sequence RXRXXS/T. The first Akt substrate identified was glycogen synthase kinase 3 (GSK3; Cross et al., Nature. 1995 Dec 21-28;378(6559):785-9) and phosphorylation of GSK3 at serine 9 results in its inactivation. Besides regulating glycogen synthesis, GSK3 is involved in the regulation of several intracellular signaling pathways including adaptor protein complex 1 (AP1), cAMP-response-element-binding protein (CREB), and the tumor suppressor gene product anaphase promoting complex (APC). Phosphorylation of the pro-apoptotic protein Bcl2 antagonist of cell death (Bad) at serine 136 by Akt creates a binding site for 14-3-3 proteins and thereby prevents Bad from binding and inhibiting the anti-apoptotic protein Bcl-xL (Datta et al., Cell. 1997 Oct 17;91(2):231-41). Similarity, phosphorylation of the forkhead transcription factor Forkhead in rhabdomyosarcoma-like 1 (FKH RL1) by Akt at threonine 32 and serine 253 creates a binding motif for 14-3-3 proteins resulting in cytoplasmic retention of FKHRL1 (Brunet et al., Cell. 1999 Mar 19;96(6):857-68); resulting in downregulation of the pro-apoptotic Fas ligand. Caspases are intracellular proteases that function as initiators and effectors of apoptosis. Akt directly phosphorylates caspase-9 at serine 196 and inhibits its protease activity (Cardone et al., Science. 1998 Nov 13;282(5392): 1318-21). Activation of the nuclear factor kappa B (NFKB) pathway by Akt has been demonstrated by the direct association of Akt with inhibitor of nuclear factor kappa B kinase (Ikk). In vitro phosphorylation of Ikk by Akt is supposed to enhance the degradation of IKB and consequently the translocation of NFKB into the nucleus (Ozes et al., Nature. 1999 Sep 2;401(6748):82-5).
Constitutive activation of Akt is frequently found in human ovarian, breast (Stal et al., Breast Cancer Res., 2003, 5, R37-44), and prostate carcinomas (Malik et al., Clinc. Cancer Res., 2002, 8, 1168-1171; Thakkar et al., J. Biol. Chem., 2001, 276, 38361-38369). It is due to a complete loss of the lipid phosphatase PTEN, a negative regulator of the PI3 kinase pathway (Nesterov et al., J. Biol. Chem., 2001 , 276, 10767-10774). Inhibitors of Akt are therefore promising drugs for cancer therapy as effective sensitizers or inducers of apoptosis (Beresford et al., J. Interferon Cytokine Res., 2001, 21, 313-322). By acting as a modulator of anti-apoptotic signalling in tumor cells, the protein kinase B (PKB) / Akt is a target for cancer therapy. Compounds interfering selectively with Akt isoenzmyes have been described recently (Barnett et al. Biochem. J 2005, 385:399-408). These Akt inhibitors, particular inhibitors of Akt 1 and Akt 2, selectively sensitized tumor cells to apoptotic stimuli like Trail, Campthothecin and Doxorubicin (DeFeo-Jones et al. MoI Cancer Therap 2005, 4:271-279). Akt inhibitors therefore are expected to shift the apoptotic threshold, resensitizing tumor cells towards apoptotic stimuli of eg chemotherapeutic agents or agonists of death receptor pathways, eg Trail or agonistic DR4 / 5 antibodies. Nevertheless, dependent on the genetic background / molecular apperations of the tumor, Akt inhibitors might induce apoptotic cell death in monotherapy as well.
Prior Art
The International Application WO 03/037891 contains notionally inter alia generically disclosed N-acylated meta-phenylenediamine derivatives which are said to be glycogen synthase kinase 3 (GSK3) inhibitors. WO 02/094831 describes pyridylmethylaminopyrimidines which have activity against Helicobacter bacteria. WO 01/47897 relates to N-heterocyclic compounds that are said to be effective in blocking cytokine production, and in particular the expression of TNF-alpha (TNF-α), via inhibition of p38 kinase. Hadas Reuveni et al., Biochemistry 2002, 41, 10304-10314 describes a screening method for inhibitors of the protein kinase B/Akt (PKB). WO 2004/048365 discloses pyrimidine based compounds which are said to inhibit the phosphotidylinositol (Pl) 3-kinase.
Description of the invention
It has now been found that the pyrimidine derivatives, which are described in greater details below, differ from prior art compounds by unanticipated specific structural features and have surprising and particularly advantageous properties. Thus, e.g. these pyrimidine derivatives act as inhibitors of protein kinases, in particular one or more isoforms of the protein kinase B (PKB) / Akt.
The invention thus relates in one embodiment (embodiment 1) of a first aspect (aspect a) to compounds of formula I
Figure imgf000004_0001
in which R1 is Ar1 , Haii , Aa1 , Hh1 , Ah1 , or Ha1 , in which Ar1 is phenyl, R11 - and/or R12-substituted phenyl, naphthyl, R13-substituted naphthyl, or fluorenyl, in which R11 is 1-4C-alkoxy, 1 -4C-alkoxy-2-4C-alkoxy, halogen, phenoxy, 1-4C-alkylcarbonyl or phenyl-1-4C- alkoxy, R12 is 1-4C-alkoxy,
R13 is 1-4C-alkoxy,
Har1 is optionally substituted by R14 and is a monocyclic, fused bi- or tricyclic 5- to 14-membered heteroaryl radical comprising one to three heteroatoms, each of which is selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, in which R14 is 1-4C-alkyl or phenylsulphonyl,
Aa1 is optionally substituted by R15 and is a bisaryl radical made up of two aryl groups, which are selected independently from a group consisting of phenyl and naphthyl, and which are linked together via a single bond, and in which R15 is halogen,
Hh1 is a bisheteroaryl radical made up of two heteroaryl groups, which are selected independently from a group consisting of monocyclic 5- or 6-membered j heteroaryl radicals comprising one or two heteroatoms, each of which is selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and which are linked together via a single bond,
Ah1 is an arylheteroaryl radical made up of an aryl group selected from a group consisting of phenyl and naphthyl, and a heteroaryl group selected from a group consisting of monocyclic 5- or 6- membered heteroaryl radicals comprising one or two heteroatoms, each of which is selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, whereby said aryl and heteroaryl groups are linked together via a single bond,
Ha1 is a heteroarylaryl radical made up of a heteroaryl group selected from a group consisting of monocyclic 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl radicals comprising one or two heteroatoms, each of which is selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and an aryl group selected from a group consisting of phenyl and naphthyl, whereby said heteroaryl and aryl groups are linked together via a single bond,
R2 is hydrogen, halogen or 1-4C-alkyl, R3 is -U-Ar2, or -V-Har2, in which U is a bond, 1 -4C-alkylene, or 1 -4C-alkylene substituted with amino-1-4C-alkyl, Ar2 is phenyl, or R31- and/or R32- and/or R321 -substituted phenyl, in which R31 is 1-4C-alkyl, 1-4C-alkoxy, halogen, nitro, trifluoromethyl, cyano, amidino, or -W-R311, in which W is a bond or 1 -4C-alkylene, R311 is -N(R312)R313, halogen, or Het1 , in which R312 is hydrogen, 1-4C-alkyl, 1-4C-alkoxycarbonyl or 1-4C-alkoxy-2-4C-alkyl, R313 is hydrogen, 1-4C-alkyl or 1-4C-alkoxy-2-4C-alkyl, Het1 is optionally substituted by R314 and is a monocylic 3- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic ring, which comprises one or two heteroatoms selected from a group consisting of oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur, and which is bonded to the moiety W via a ring carbon atom or via a ring nitrogen atom, and in which R314 is 1-4C-alkyl or 1-4C-alkoxycarbonyl, R32 is 1-4C-alkoxy or halogen, or R31 and R32 bonded to the phenyl ring in ortho position to each other form together a 1-2C- alkylenedioxy group, R321 is 1-4C-alkoxy, V is a bond, Har2 is optionally substituted by R33 and/or R34 and is a monocyclic or fused bicyclic 5- to 10- membered unsaturated or partially saturated heteroaryl radical comprising one to three heteroatoms, each of which is selected.from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, in which R33 is 1 -4C-alkyl, trifluoromethyl, cyano, or -W-R311 , R34 is 1-4C-alkyl, and the salts of these compounds.
The invention further relates in another embodiment (embodiment 2) of a first aspect (aspect a) to compounds of formula I in which R1 is Ar1 or Har1 , in which Ar1 is fluorenyl,
Har1 is optionally substituted by R14 and is a fused tricyclic 13- or 14-membered heteroaryl radical comprising one to three heteroatoms, each of which is selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, in which R14 is 1 -4C-alkyl or phenylsulphonyl,
R2 is hydrogen, halogen or 1-4C-alkyl, R3 is -U-Ar2, or -V-Har2, in which U is a bond, 1-4C-alkylene, or 1 -4C-alkylene substituted with amino-1-4C-alkyl, Ar2 is phenyl, or R31- and/or R32- and/or R321 -substituted phenyl, in which R31 is 1-4C-alkyl, 1-4C-alkoxy, halogen, nitro, trifluoromethyl, cyano, amidino, or -W-R311, in which W is a bond or 1 -4C-alkylene, R311 is -N(R312)R313, halogen, or Het1, in which R312 is hydrogen, 1-4C-alkyl, 1-4C-alkoxycarbonyl or 1-4C-alkoxy-2-4C-alkyl. R313 is hydrogen, 1-4C-alkyl or 1-4C-alkoxy-2-4C-alkyl, Het1 is optionally substituted by R314 and is a monocylic 3- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic ring, which comprises one or two heteroatoms selected from a group consisting of oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur, and which is bonded to the moiety W via a ring carbon atom or via a ring nitrogen atom, and in which R314 is 1-4C-alkyl or 1-4C-alkoxycarbonyl, R32 is 1-4C-alkoxy or halogen, or R31 and R32 bonded to the phenyl ring in ortho position to each other form together a 1-2C- alkylenedioxy group, R321 is 1-4C-alkoxy, V is a bond, Har2 is optionally substituted by R33 and/or R34 and is a monocyclic or fused bicyclic 5- to 10- membered unsaturated or partially saturated heteroaryl radical comprising one to three heteroatoms, each of which is selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, in which R33 is 1 -4C-alkyl, trifluoromethyl, cyano, or -W-R311 , R34 is 1-4C-alkyl, and the salts of these compounds.
1-4C-Alkyl represents a straight-chain or branched alkyl radical having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Examples which may be mentioned are the butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, propyl, isopropyl and preferably the ethyl and methyl radicals.
2-4C-Alkyl represents a straight-chain or branched alkyl radical having 2 to 4 carbon atoms. Examples which may be mentioned are the butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, propyl, isopropyl and preferably the ethyl and propyl radicals.
1-4C-Alkylene is a straight or branched chain alkylene radical having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Examples which may be mentioned as straight chain alkylene radicals are methylene (-CH2-), ethylene (-CH2-CH2-), trimethylene (-CH2-CH2-CH2-) and the tetramethylene (-CH2-CH2-CH2-CH2-) radical. An example which may be mentioned as branched chain alkylene radical is the 1,1-dimethyl-methylene radical.
1-4C-Alkoxy represents radicals which, in addition to the oxygen atom, contain a straight-chain or branched alkyl radical having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Examples which may be mentioned are the butoxy, isobutoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy and preferably the ethoxy and methoxy radicals.
2-4C-Alkoxy represents radicals which, in addition to the oxygen atom, contain a straight-chain or branched alkyl radical having 2 to 4 carbon atoms. Examples which may be mentioned are the butoxy, isobutoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy and preferably the ethoxy radicals.
1-4C-Alkoxy-2-4C-alkoxy represents one of the abovementioned 2-4C-alkoxy radicals, which is substituted by one of the abovementioned 1-4C-alkoxy radicals. Examples which may be mentioned are the 2-methoxyethoxy, 2-ethoxyethoxy and the 2-isopropoxyethoxy radicals.
Phenyl-1-4C-alkoxy represents one of the abovementioned 1-4C-alkoxy radicals, which is substituted by a phenyl radical. Examples which may be mentioned are the phenethoxy and the benzyloxy radicals.
1-4C-Alkoxy-2-4C-alkyl represents one of the abovementioned 2-4C-alkyl radicals, which is substituted by one of the abovementioned 1 -4C-alkoxy radicals. Examples which may be mentioned are the 2-methoxyethyl, 2-ethoxyethyl and the 2-isopropoxyethyl radicals. ω
1-2C-Alkylenedioxy represents, for example, the methylenedioxy [-0-CH2-O-] and the ethylenedioxy [-0-CH2-CH2-O-] radicals.
Amino-1-4C-alkyl represents one of the abovementioned 1-4C-alkyl radicals, which is substituted by an amino radical. Examples which may be mentioned are the aminomethyl, 2-aminoethyl and the 3- aminopropyl radicals.
"1-4C-Alkylene substituted with amino-1-4C-alkyl" may include, for example, one of the abovementioned 1-4C-alkylene radicals, particularly one of the abovementioned straight chain alkylene radicals, such as, for example, the amino-1-4C-alkyl-methylene radicals, e.g. the aminomethyl-methylene radical.
Halogen within the meaning of the invention is bromine, chlorine or fluorine.
1-4C-Alkylcarbonyl represents a radical which, in addition to the carbonyl group, contains one of the abovementioned 1-4C-alkyl radicals. An example which may be mentioned is the acetyl radical. 1-4C-Alkoxycarbonyl represents a radical which, in addition to the carbonyl group, contains one of the abovementioned 1-4C-alkoxy radicals. Examples which may be mentioned are the methoxycarbonyl, the ethoxycarbonyl and the tertbutoxycarbonyl radicals.
In the meaning of the present invention, it is to be understood, that, when two structural portions of the compounds according to this invention are linked via a constituent which has the meaning "bond", then said two portions are directly attached to another via a single bond.
Har1 is optionally substituted by R14 and is a monocyclic, fused bi- or tricyclic 5- to 14-membered heteroaryl radical comprising one to three heteroatoms, each of which is selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. In more detail, Har1 is attached to the pyrimidine moiety via a ring carbon atom. Preferably, Har1 is optionally substituted by R14 on a ring nitrogen atom. A first embodimental subdetail of Har1 according to this invention includes the monocyclic radicals such as, without being restricted thereto, furanyl, thiophenyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl or pyridazinyl. A second embodimental subdetail of Har1 according to this invention includes the bicyclic radicals such as, without being restricted thereto, benzo-fused analogues of the aforementioned monocyclic radicals like e.g. quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, cinnolinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, phthalazinyl, benzothiophenyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl or benzimidazolyl, or naphthyridinyl, indolizinyl or purinyl. A third embodimental subdetail of HaM according to this invention includes the tricyclic, radicals such as, without being restricted thereto, carbazolyl, phenanthridinyl, acridinyl, carbolinyl, phenazinyl, dibenzofuranyl, dibenzothiophenyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, phenoxathiinyl or thianthrenyl.
As further examples for Har1 according to this invention may be mentioned, without being restricted thereto, R14-substituted derivatives of the abovementioned exemplary Har1 radicals, notably Har1 radicals, which are substituted by R14 on a ring nitrogen atom and which are selected from a group consisting of pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzimidazolyl, carbazolyl, carbolinyl, purinyl, phenothiazinyl or phenoxazinyl.
As exemplary Har1 radicals may be more precisely mentioned, for example, dibenzofuranyl, indolyl, quinolinyl, pyridinyl, benzothiophenyl, thianthrenyl, dibenzothiophenyl, N-phenylsulphonylindolyl or N- methylindolyl.
As exemplary Har1 radicals may be further more precisely mentioned, for example, dibenzofuran-4-yl, indol-2-yl, indol-5-yl, indol-6-yl, benzothiophen-2-yl, benzothiophen-3-yl, thianthren-1-yl, dibenzothiophen-4-yl, N-phenylsulphonylindol-2-yl, or quinolin-3-yl. As exemplary suitable Har1 radicals may be explicitely mentioned, for example, thianthren-1-yl, dibenzothiophen-4-yl, or, especially, dibenzofuran-4-yl.
Aa1 is optionally substituted by R15 and is a bisaryl radical made up of two aryl groups, which are selected independently from a group consisting of phenyl and naphthyl, and which are linked together via a single bond. Aa1 may include, without being restricted thereto, the biphenyl radical (e.g. the 1 ,1'-biphen-4-yl radical) and the R15-substituted derivatives thereof (e.g. 4'-fluoro-1,1'-biphen-4-yl).
Hh1 is a bisheteroaryl radical made up of two heteroaryl groups, which are selected independently from a group consisting of monocyclic 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl radicals comprising one or two heteroatoms, each of which is selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and which are linked together via a single bond. Hh1 may include, without being restricted thereto, the bithiopheπyl radical.
Ah1 is an arylheteroaryl radical made up of an aryl group selected from a group consisting of phenyl and naphthyl, and a heteroaryl group selected from a group consisting of monocyclic 5- or 6- membered heteroaryl radicals comprising one or two heteroatoms, each of which is selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, whereby said aryl and heteroaryl groups are linked together via a single bond, and whereby Ah 1 is bonded via said heteroaryl moiety to the pyrimidine scaffold. a«v Ah1 may include, without being restricted thereto, the phenylthiophenyl radical.
Ha1 is a heteroarylaryl radical made up of a heteroaryl group selected from a group consisting of monocyclic 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl radicals comprising one or two heteroatoms, each of which is selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and an aryl group selected from a group consisting of phenyl and naphthyl, whereby said heteroaryl and aryl groups are linked together via a single bond, and whereby Ha1 is bonded via said aryl moiety to the pyrimidine scaffold. Ha1 may include, without being restricted thereto, the thiophenylphenyl radical.
It is to be understood, that each of the radicals Har1 , Hh1 and Ah1 is bonded to the pyrimidine scaffold via a ring carbon atom.
Het1 is optionally substituted by R314 and is a monocylic 3- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic ring, which comprises one or two heteroatoms selected from a group consisting of oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur, and which is bonded to the moiety W via a ring carbon atom or via a ring nitrogen atom. In more detail, Het1 is optionally substituted by R314 on a ring nitrogen atom. Het1 may include, without being restricted thereto, aziridin-1-yl, azetidin-1-yl, pyrrolidin-1-yl, piperidin- 1-yl, homopiperidin-1-yl, pyrazolidin-1-yl, imidazolidin-1-yl, piperazin-1-yl, homopiperazin-1-yl, morpholin-4-yl, thiomoφholin-4-yl, piperidin-3-yl or piperidin-4-yl. As further examples for Het1 according to this invention may be mentioned, without being restricted thereto, R314-substituted derivatives of the abovementioned exemplary Het1 radicals, notably Het1 radicals, which are substituted by R314 on a ring nitrogen atom and which are selected from a group consisting of pyrazolidin-1-yl, imidazolidin-1-yl, piperazin-1-yl, homopiperazin-1-yl, piperidin-3-yl and piperidin-4-yl.
As exemplary Het1 radicals may be more precisely mentioned, for example, morpholin-4-yl, pyrrolidin- 1-yl, 4-N-methyl-piperazin-1-yl or piperidin-3-yl.
As exemplary suitable Het1 radicals may be explicitely mentioned, for example, pyrrolidin-1-yl or piperidin-3-yl.
Har2 is optionally substituted by R33 and/or R34 and is a monocyclic or fused bicyclic 5- to 10- membered unsaturated or partially saturated heteroaryl radical comprising one to three heteroatoms, each of which is selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. In more detail, Har2 is attached to the moiety V via a ring carbon atom. Preferably, Har2 is optionally substituted by R33 and/or R34 on a ring carbon atom. One embodiment of Har2 according to this invention includes the unsaturated radicals, such as e.g., without being restricted thereto, furanyl, thiophenyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, benzo-fused analogues thereof such as, for example, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, cinnolinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, phthalazinyl, benzothiophenyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl or benzimidazolyl, or naphthyridinyl, indolizinyl or purinyl. Har2 may also include in another embodiment the partially hydrogenated derivatives of the ring systems enumerated above, particularly the partially hydrogenated derivatives of the abovementioned benzo-fused radicals, such as, for example, without being restricted thereto, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolinyl or 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl.
As further examples for Har2 according to this invention may be mentioned, without being restricted thereto, R33- and/or R34-substituted derivatives of the abovementioned exemplary Har2 radicals.
As exemplary Har2 radicals may be more precisely mentioned, for example, furanyl, dimethylfuranyl, dimethylisoxazolyl, methylisoxazolyl, pyridinyl, trifluoromethylpyridinyl, aminopyridinyl, chloropyridinyl, fluoropyridinyl, (aminomethyl)pyridinyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, aminomethylfuranyl, (morpholinyl)pyridinyl or cyanopyridinyl. As exemplary Har2 radicals may be further more precisely mentioned, for example, furan-2-yl, 2,5- dimethylfuran-3-yl, 3,5-dimethylisoxazol-4-yl, 5-methylisoxazol-3-yl, 6-trifluoromethylpyridin-3-yl, pyridin-4-yl, 6-(aminomethyl)-pyridin-2-yl, 6-(aminomethyl)-pyridin-3-yl, 5-(aminomethyl)-pyridin-3-yl, 2-(aminomethyl)-pyridin-4-yl, 4-(aminomethyl)-pyridin-2-yl, 5-(aminomethyl)-pyridin-2-yl, 1,2,3,4- tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, 6-(moφholin-4-yl)-pyridin-3-yl, 5-cyano-pyridin-3-yl, or 6-cyano-pyridin-3-yl.
As exemplary suitable Har2 radicals may be explicitely mentioned, for example, (aminomethyl)pyridinyl, such as e.g. 6-(aminomethyl)~pyridin-2-yl, 6-(aminomethyl)-pyridin-3-yl, 5- (aminomethyl)-pyridin-3-yl, 2-(aminomethyl)-pyridin-4-yl, 4-(aminomethyl)-pyridin-2-yl, 5- (aminomethyl)-pyridin-2-yl, or 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-7-yl or 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-6-yl.
Unless otherwise noted, the cyclic radicals mentioned herein refers to all possible and stable positional isomers. Thus, for example, pyridinyl or pyridyl includes pyridin-2-yl, pyridin-3-yl and pyridiπ-4-yl.
Suitable salts for compounds of the formula I - depending on substitution - are all acid addition salts or all salts with bases. Particular mention may be made of the pharmacologically tolerable inorganic and organic acids and bases customarily used in pharmacy. Those suitable are, on the one hand, water- insoluble and, particularly, water-soluble acid addition salts with acids such as, for example, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, phosphoric acid, nitric acid, sulphuric acid, acetic acid, citric acid, D-gluconic acid, benzoic acid, 2-(4-hydroxybenzoyl)benzoic acid, butyric acid, sulphosalicylic acid, maleic acid, lauric acid, malic acid, fumaric acid, succinic acid, oxalic acid, tartaric acid, embonic acid, stearic aeid, toluenesulphonic acid, methanesulphonic acid or 3-hydroxy-2-naphthoic acid, the acids being employed in salt preparation - depending on whether a mono- or polybasic acid is concerned and depending on which salt is desired - in an equimolar quantitative ratio or one differing therefrom.
On the other hand, salts with bases are - depending on substitution - also suitable. As examples of salts with bases are mentioned the lithium, sodium, potassium, calcium, aluminium, magnesium, titanium, ammonium, meglumine or guanidinium salts, here, too, the bases being employed in salt preparation in an equimolar quantitative ratio or one differing therefrom.
Pharmacologically intolerable salts, which can be obtained, for example, as process products during the preparation of the compounds according to the invention on an industrial scale, are converted into pharmacologically tolerable salts by processes known to the person skilled in the art.
According to expert's knowledge the compounds of formula I of the invention as well as their salts may contain, e.g. when isolated in crystalline form, varying amounts of solvents. Included within the scope of the invention are therefore all solvates and in particular all hydrates of the compounds of formula I as well as all solvates and in particular all hydrates of the salts of the compounds of formula I. Constituents which are described herein as substituted, may be substituted, unless otherwise noted, at any possible position.
In general, unless otherwise noted, the carbocyclic groups, alone or as part of other groups, mentioned herein may be substituted by their given substituents or parent molecular groups at any substitutable ring carbon atom.
Unless otherwise noted, the heterocyclic groups, alone or as part of other groups, mentioned herein may be substituted by their given substituents or parent molecular groups at any possible position, such as e.g. at any substitutable ring carbon or ring nitrogen atom.
Rings containing quaternizable imino-type ring nitrogen atoms (-N=) may be preferably not quaternized on these imino-type ring nitrogen atoms by the mentioned substituents or parent molecular groups.
The substituents R2 and -N(H)C(O)R3 of compounds of formula I can be attached in the ortho, meta or para position with respect to the binding position in which the phenyl ring is bonded to the pyrimidine-amino moiety, whereby preference is given to the attachement of -N(H)C(O)R3 in the meta or, particularly, in the para position.
The substituents R11 and R12 of compounds of formula I can be attached in the ortho, meta or para position with respect to the binding position in which the phenyl ring is bonded to the pyrimidine moiety, whereby preference is given to the attachemenyn the meta or in the para position.
The substituents R31, R32 and R321 of compounds of formula I can be attached in the ortho, meta or para position with respect to the binding position in which the phenyl ring is bonded to the moiety U, whereby emphasis is given to the attachement in the meta or in the para position.
As exemplary Ar1 radicals may be mentioned, without being restricted thereto, 3-benzyloxy-phenyl, 4- benzyloxy-phenyl, phenyl, 3-methoxy-phenyl, 4-methoxyφhenyl, 3,4-dimethoxy-phenyl, 3,5- dimethoxy-phenyl, 3-fluoro-phenyl, 4-fluoro-phenyl, 3-acetyl-phenyl, 4-acetyl-phenyl, 3-phenoxy- phenyl or 4-phenoxy-phenyl, or 6-methoxy-naphthalen-2-yl.
Illustrative exemplary Ar1 radicals may include, without being restricted thereto, 3-benzyloxy-phenyl, 4-benzyloxy-phenyl, phenyl, 3-methoxy-phenyl, 4-methoxy-phenyl, 3,4-dimethoxy-phenyl, 3-fluoro- phenyl, 3-acetyl-phenyl, 4-acetyl-phenyl or 4-phenoxy-phenyl, or 6-methoxy-naphthalen-2-yl.
As exemplary Ar2 radicals may be mentioned, without being restricted thereto, 4-dimethylamino-phenyI, 3-dimethylamino-phenyl, 2-dimethylamino-phenyl, 4-(morpholin-4-yl)-phenyl, 3-(morpholin-4-yl)-phenyl, 4-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)-phenyl, 3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)-phenyl, 4-(4-methylpiperazin-1 -yl-methyl)-phenyl, 3-(4-methylpiperazin-1 -yl-methyl)-phenyl, phenyl, 4-tert-butyl-phenyl, 3,4-dichlorophenyl, 2,6-difluoro-phenyl, 4-aminomethyl-phenyl, 3-aminomethyl-phenyl, 2-aminomethyl-phenyl, 4-(2-aminoethyl)-phenyl, 3-(2-aminoethyl)-phenyl, 4-dimethylaminomethyl-phenyl, 3-dimethylaminomethyl-phenyl, 4-methylaminomethyl-phenyl, 3-methylaminomethyl-phenyl, 2-amino-phenyl, 3-amino-phenyl, 4-amino-phenyl, 4-(piperidin-3-yl)-phenyl, 3-(piperidin-3-yl)-phenyl, 4-(morpholin-4-ylmethyl)-phenyl, 3-(moφholin-4-ylmethyl)-phenyl, 4-{[bis-(2-methoxyethyl)]amino}-phenyl, 3-{[bis-(2-methoxyethyl)]amino}-phenyl, 4-[(2-methoxyethyl)amino]-phenyl, 3-[(2-methoxyethyl)amino]-phenyl, 4-(2-chloroethyl)-phenyl, 3-(2-chloroethyl)-phenyl, 4-bromomethyl-phenyl, 3-bromomethyl-phenyl, 3-cyano-phenyl, 4-cyano-phenyl, 3-amidino-phenyl, 4-amidino-phenyl, 4-aminomethyl-2-fluoro-phenyl, 4-(1 -amino-1 -methyl-ethyl)-phenyl, 3-(1 -amino-1 -methyl-ethyl)-phenyl, 3,4-methylenedioxy-phenyl, 3,4-ethylenedioxy-phenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 3-fluorophenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 3,4,5-trimethoxy-phenyl, 3,5-dimethoxy-phenyl, 3,4-dimethoxy-phenyl, 4-fluoro-3-trifluoromethyl-phenyl, 4-chloro-2-fluoro-phenyl, or 3-chloro-4~fluoro-phenyl.
iw Illustrative exemplary Ar2 radicals may include, without being restricted thereto, 4-dimethylamino-phenyl, 3-dimethylamino-phenyl, 2-dimethylamino-phenyl, 4-(moφholin-4-yl)-phenyl, 3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)-phenyl, 4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl-methyl)-phenyl, phenyl, 4-tert-butyl-phenyl, 3,4- dichlorophenyl, 4-aminomethyl-phenyl, 3-aminomethyl-phenyl, 3-(2-aminoethyl)-phenyl, 4-(2- aminoethyl)-phenyl, 3-dimethylaminomethyl-phenyl, 4-dimethylaminomethyl-phenyl, 4- methylaminomethyl-phenyl, 2-amino-phenyl, 3-amino-phenyl, 4-amino-phenyl, 4-(piperidin-3-yl)- phenyl, 4-(morpholin-4-ylmethyl)-phenyl, 3-{[bis-(2-methoxyethyl)]amino}-phenyl, 4-[(2- . methoxyethyi)amino]-phenyl, 4-(2-chloroethyl)-phenyl, 4-bromomethyl-phenyl, 3-cyano-phenyl, 4- cyano-phenyl, 3-amidino-phenyl, 4-amidino-phenyl, 4-aminomethyl-2-fIuoro-phenyl, 4-(1-amino-1- methyl-ethyl)-phenyl, 3,4-methylenedioxy-phenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 3-fluorophenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 3- methoxyphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 3,4,5-trimethoxy-phenyl, 3,5-dimethoxy-phenyl, 3,4-dimethoxy- phenyl, 4-fluoro-3-trifluoromethyl-phenyI, 2,6-difluoro-phenyl, 4-chloro-2-fluoro-phenyl, or 3-chloro-4- fluoro-phenyl.
Compounds according to embodiment 1 of aspect a of this invention more worthy to be mentioned include those compounds of formula I, in which R1 is Ar1 , Har1 , or Aa1 , in which Ar1 is phenyl, R11- and/or R12-substituted phenyl, naphthyl, or R13-substituted naphthyl, in which R11 is 1-4C-alkoxy, halogen, phenoxy, 1-4C-alkylcarbonyl or phenyl-1-4C-alkoxy, R12 is 1-4C-alkoxy,
R13 is 1-4C-alkoxy,
Har1 is optionally substituted by R14 and is a monocyclic, fused bi- or tricyclic 5- to 14-membered heteroaryl radical comprising one to three heteroatoms, each of which is selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, in which R14 is phenylsulphonyl,
Aa 1 is optionally substituted by R15 and is a bisaryl radical made up of two aryl groups, which are selected independently from a group consisting of phenyl and naphthyl, and which are linked together via a single bond, and in which R15 is halogen,
Hh1 is a bisheteroaryl radical made up of two heteroaryl groups, which are selected independently from a group consisting of monocyclic 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl radicals comprising one or two heteroatoms, each of which is selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and which are linked together via a single bond,
Ah1 is an arylheteroaryl radical made up of an aryl group selected from a group consisting of phenyl and naphthyl, and a heteroaryl group selected from a group consisting of monocyclic 5- or 6- membered heteroaryl radicals comprising one or two heteroatoms, each of which is selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, whereby said aryl and heteroaryl groups are linked together via a single bond,
Ha1 is a heteroarylaryl radical made up of a heteroaryl group selected from a group consisting of monocyclic 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl radicals comprising one or two heteroatoms, each of which is selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and an aryl group selected from a group consisting of phenyl and naphthyl, whereby said heteroaryl and aryl groups are linked together via a single bond,
R2 is hydrogen or 1 -4C-alkyl,
R3 is -U-Ar2, or -V-Har2, in which U is a bond, straight chain 1-4C-alkylene, or straight chain 1-4C-alkylene substituted with amino-1- 4C-alkyl, Ar2 is phenyl, or R31- and/or R32- and/or R321 -substituted phenyl, in which R31 is 1-4C-aIkyl, 1-4C-alkoxy, halogen, nitro, trifluoromethyl, cyano, amidino, -W-R311, or Het1, in which W is a bond or 1-4C-alkylene, R311 is -N(R312)R313, or halogen, in which R312 is hydrogen, 1-4C-alkyl, 1-4C-alkoxycarbonyl or 1-4C-alkoxy-2-4C-alkyl, R313 is hydrogen, 1-4C-alkyl or 1 -4C-alkoxy-2-4C-alkyl, Het1 is optionally substituted by R314 and is a monocylic 3- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic ring, which comprises one or two heteroatoms selected from a group consisting of oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur, and which is bonded to the moiety W via a ring carbon atom or via a ring nitrogen atom, and in which R314 is 1-4C-alkyl or 1-4C-alkoxycarbonyl, R32 is 1-4C-alkoxy or halogen, or R31 and R32 bonded to the phenyl ring in ortho position to each other form together a 1-2C- alkylenedioxy group, R321 is 1-4C-alkoxy, V is a bond, Har2 is optionally substituted by R33 and/or R34 and is a monocyclic or fused bicyclic 5- to 10- membered unsaturated or partially saturated heteroaryl radical comprising one to three heteroatoms, each of which is selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, in which R33 is 1 -4C-alkyl, trifluoromethyl , cyano, or -W-R311 , m R34 is 1-4C-alkyl, and the salts of these compounds.
Compounds according to embodiment 1 of aspect a of this invention in particular worthy to be mentioned include those compounds of formulae I or, particularly, Ia as defined below, in which R1 is dibenzofuran-4-yl,;dibenzothiophen-4-yl, 4-benzyloxy-phenyl, 4-phenoxy-phenyl, or , thianthren-1-yl, R2 is hydrogen, or methyl,
R3 is -U-Ar2, -V-Har2, or 2-amino-phenyl, in which
U is a bond, and Ar2 is 3-(R31 )-phenyl, 4-(R31 )-phenyl, or 3-(R31 )- or 4-(R31 )-fluorophenyl, in which R31 is 1-4C-alkoxy, 1-4C-alkyl, cyano, chlorine, amidino, -W-R311, pyrrolidin-1-yl, or piperidin-3-yl, in which either W is a bond, and R311 is -N(R312)R313, in which R312 is hydrogen, 1-4C-alkyl, 1-4C-alkoxy-ethyl, or tertbutoxycarbonyl, R313 is hydrogen, or 1-4C-alkyl, or W is methylene, ethylene, or 1,1-dimethyl-methylene, R311 is -N(R312)R313, or bromine, in which R312 is hydrogen, 1-4C-alkyl, or tertbutoxycarbonyl, R313 is hydrogen, or 1-4C-alkyl,
or U is methylene, or ethylene, and Ar2 is phenyl, or 3-(R31 )- or 4-(R31 )-phenyl, in which R31 is fluorine, 1-4C-alkoxy, or aminomethyl,
or U is a bond, or aminomethyl-methylene, and Ar2 is 3,4-dichlorophenyl,
V is a bond, Har2 is 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, isoindolinyl, or R33-substituted pyridyl, in which R33 is aminomethyl, or trifluoromethyl, and the salts of these compounds. »
Compounds according to embodiment 1 of aspect a of this invention in more particular worthy to be mentioned include those compounds of formula Ia as defined below, in which R1 is dibenzothiophen-4-yl, 4-benzyloxy-phenyl, thianthren-1-yl, or, in particular, dibenzofuran-4-yl, R2 is hydrogen, or methyl, R3 is -U-Ar2, -V-Har2, or 2-amino-phenyl, in which
U is a bond, and Ar2 is 3-(R31 )-phenyl, 4-(R31 )-phenyl, or 3-(R31 )- or 4-(R31 )-fluorophenyl, in which R31 is amidino, -W-R311 , pyrrolidin-1-yl, or piperidin-3-yl, in which either W is a bond, R311 is -N(R312)R313, in which R312 is hydrogen, methyl, or 2-methoxyethyl, R313 is methyl, or W is methylene, ethylene, or 1 ,1-dimethyl-methylene, R311 is -N(R312)R313, in which R312 is hydrogen, or methyl, R313 is hydrogen,
or U is methylene, and Ar2 is 4-(aminomethyl)-phenyl, or U is aminomethyl-methylene, and Ar2 is 3,4-dichlorophenyl,
V is a bond, Har2 is 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, isoindolinyl, or R33-substituted pyridyl, in which R33 is aminomethyl, and the salts of these compounds.
Compounds according to embodiment 1 of aspect a of this invention to be emphasized are compounds of formula Ia as defined below, in which R1 is dibenzofuran-4-yl, R2 is hydrogen, R3 is -U-Ar2, or -V-Har2, in which U is a bond, Ar2 is 3-(R31 )-phenyl, 4-(R31 )-phenyl, or 2-fluoro-4-(R31 )-phenyl, in which R31 is amidino, or -W-R311 , in which W is methylene, ethylene, or 1,1-dimethyi-methylene, R311 is -N(R312)R313, in which R312 is hydrogen, or methyl, R313 is hydrogen, V is a bond, Har2 is 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-7-yl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-6-yl, or R33-substituted pyridyl, in which R33 is aminomethyl, and the salts of these compounds.
In a first embodiment, compounds according to embodiment 1 of aspect a of this invention to be more emphasized are compounds of formula Ia as defined below, in which R1 is dibenzofuran-4-yl, R2 is hydrogen, R3 is -U-Ar2, in which U is a bond, Ar2 is 3-(R31 )-phenyl, or 4-(R31 )-phenyl, in which R31 is amidino, or -W-R311 , in which W is methylene, R311 is -N(R312)R313, in which R312 is hydrogen, R313 is hydrogen, and the salts of these compounds.
In a second embodiment, compounds according to embodiment 1 of aspect a of this invention to be more emphasized are compounds of formula Ia as defined below, in which R1 is dibenzofuran-4-yl, R2 is hydrogen, R3 is -V-Har2, in which V is a bond, Har2 is 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-7-yl, 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-6-yl, or R33-substituted pyridyl, in which R33 is aminomethyl; whereby, more precisely, R1 is dibenzofuran-4-yl, », R2 is hydrogen, R3 is -V-Har2, in which V is a bond, Har2 is 1,2,3,4~tetrahydroisoquinolin-7-yl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-6-yl, 6-(R33)-pyrid-3-yl, 6- (R33)-pyrid-2-yl, 2-(R33)-pyrid-4-yl, 4-(R33)-pyrid-2-yl, or 5-(R33)-pyrid-2-yl, in which R33 is aminomethyl; and the salts of these compounds.
Compounds according to embodiment 2 of aspect a of this invention more worthy to be mentioned include those compounds of formula I, in which R1 is Har1 , in which
Har1 is carbazolyl, phenanthridinyl, acridinyl, carbolinyl, phenazinyl, dibenzofuranyl, dibenzothiophenyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, phenoxathiinyl, thianthrenyl, N-methyl- carbazolyl or N-methylcarbolinyl, R2 is hydrogen or 1 -4C-alkyl,
R3 is -U-Ar2, or -V-Har2, in which U is a bond, straight chain 1-4C-alkylene, or straight chain 1-4C-alkyIene substituted with amino-1- 4C-alkyl, Ar2 is phenyl, or R31- and/or R32- and/or R321 -substituted phenyl, in which R31 is 1-4C-alkyl, 1-4C-alkoxy, halogen, nitro, trifluoromethyl, cyano, amidino, -W-R311, or Heti, in which W is a bond or 1 -4C-alkylene, R311 is -N(R312)R313, or halogen, in which R312 is hydrogen, 1-4C-alkyl, 1-4C-alkoxycarbonyl or 1-4C-alkoxy-2-4C-alkyl, R313 is hydrogen, 1-4C-alkyl or 1 -4C-alkoxy-2-4C-alkyl, Het1 is optionally substituted by R314 and is a monocylic 3- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic ring, which comprises one or two heteroatoms selected from a group consisting of oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur, and which is bonded to the moiety W via a ring carbon atom or via a ring nitrogen atom, and in which R314 is 1-4C-alkyl or 1 -4C-alkoxycarbonyl, R32 is 1 -4C-alkoxy or halogen, or R31 and R32 bonded to the phenyl ring in ortho position to each other form together a 1-2C- alkylenedioxy group, R321 is 1-4.C-alkoxy, V is a bond, Har2 is optionally substituted by R33 and/or R34 and is a monocyclic or fused bicyclic 5- to 10- membered unsaturated or partially saturated heteroaryl radical comprising one to three heteroatoms, each of which is selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, in which R33 is 1 -4C-alkyl, trifluoromethyl, cyano, or -W-R311 , R34 is 1-4C-alkyl, and the salts of these compounds.
Compounds according to embodiment 2 of aspect a of this invention in particular worthy to be mentioned include those compounds of formulae I or, particularly, Ia as defined below, in which R1 is Har1, in which Har1 is carbazolyl, phenanthridinyl, acridinyl, carbolinyl, phenazinyl, dibenzofuranyl, dibenzothiophenyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, phenoxathiinyl, thianthrenyl, N-methyl- carbazolyl or N-methylcarbolinyl, R2 is hydrogen, or methyl,
R3 is -L)-Ar2, -V-Har2, or 2-amino-phenyI, in which
U is a bond, and Ar2 is 3-(R31 )-phenyl, 4-(R31 )-phenyl, or 3-(R31 )- or 4-(R31 )-fluorophenyl, in which R31 is amidino, -W-R311 , or piperidin-3-yl, in which either W is a bond, R311 is -N(R312)R313, in which R312 is hydrogen, methyl, or 2-methoxyethyl, R313 is methyl, or W is methylene, ethylene, or 1 ,1-dimethyl-methylene, R311 is -N(R312)R313, in which R312 is hydrogen, or methyl, R313 is hydrogen,
or U is methylene, and Ar2 is 4-(aminomethyl)~phenyl, or U .»,. is aminomethyl-methylene, and ,«.,, Ar2 is 3,4-dichiorophenyl,
V is a bond, Har2 is 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoIinyl, isoindolinyl, or R33-substituted pyridyl, in which R33 is aminomethyl, and the salts of these compounds.
Compounds according to embodiment 2 of aspect a of this invention in more particular worthy to be mentioned include those compounds of formulae I or, particularly, Ia as defined below, in which R1 is Hart, in which Har1 is carbazolyl, phenanthridinyl, acridinyl, carbolinyl, phenazinyl, dibenzofuranyl, dibenzothiophenyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, phenoxathiinyl, thianthrenyl, N-methyl- carbazolyl or N-methylcarbolinyl,
R2 is hydrogen, R3 is -U-Ar2, or -V-Har2, in which U is a bond, Ar2 is 3-(R31 )-phenyl, 4-(R31 )-phenyl, or 2-fluoro-4-(R31 )-phenyl, in which R31 is amidino, or -W-R311 , in which W is methylene, ethylene, or 1 ,1-dimethyl-methylene, R311 is -N(R312)R313, in which R312 is hydrogen, or methyl, R313 is hydrogen, V is a bond, Har2 is 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-7-yl, 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-6-yl, or R33-substituted pyridyl, in which R33 is aminomethyl, and the salts of these compounds.
In the context of aspect a, the invention also relates in a further aspect (aspect a1) to compounds according to aspect a, and the salts of these compounds, for use in the treatment or prevention of diseases, such as e.g. those diseases mediated by a dysregulated function of a single protein kinase, with PKB/Akt as an example, or multiple protein kinases within a defined pathway or signalling network.
In the context of aspect a, the invention also relates in a yet further aspect (aspect a2) to the use of compounds according to aspect a and the salts of these compounds, for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions for the prevention or treatment of diseases mediated by a dysregulated function of a single protein kinase, with PKB/Akt as an example, or multiple protein kinases within a defined pathway or signalling network.
In the context of aspect a, the invention also relates in a still yet further aspect (aspect a3) to the use of compounds according to aspect a and the salts of these compounds, for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions for the prevention or treatment of diseases mediated by a dysregulated function of a single protein kinase, with PKB/Akt as a particular example, or multiple protein kinases within a defined pathway or signalling network, whereby diseases mediated by glycogen synthase kinase 3 are thereof disclaimed. In this connection, said diseases are in particular hyperproliferative diseases of benign or malignant behaviour, such as, for example, cellular neoplasia, e.g. cancer, and/or disorders responsive to the induction of apoptosis.
The invention further relates in a second aspect (aspect b) to compounds according to aspect a of formula I, and the salts of these compounds, under the provisio that 4-amino-N-[4-(6-pyridin-3-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide, 4-amino-N-[4-(6-benzofuran-2-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide, 4-amino-N-[4-(6-thiophen-3-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide, 4-amino-N-[4-(6-dibenzofιιran-1-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide, 4-amino-N-[4-(6-benzo[b]thiophen-2-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide, 4-amino-N-[4-(6-quinolin-8-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide, 4-amino-N-[4-(6-naphthalen-2-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide, 4-amino-N-[4-(6-biphenyI-3-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide, 4-amino-N-[4-(6-biphenyl-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide, 4-amino-N-[4-(6-phenyl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide, 4-amino-N-[4-(6-naphthalen-1-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide, 4-amino-N-{4-[6-(2-phenoxy-phenyl)-pyrimidin-4-ylamino]-phenyl}-benzamide, 4-amino-N-{4-[6-(2-benzyloxy-phenyl)-pyrimidin-4-ylamino]-phenyl}-benzamide, 4-amino-N-{4-[6-(4-benzyloxy-phenyl)-pyrimidin-4-ylamino]-phenyl}-benzamide, 4-amino-N-{4-[6-(3,4-dimethoxy-phenyl)-pyrimidin-4-ylamino]-phenyl}-benzamide, and 4-amino-N-{4-[6-(2-methoxy-phenyl)-pyrimidin-4-ylamino]-phenyl}-benzamide are thereof disclaimed.
In the context of aspect b, the invention also relates in a further aspect (aspect b1) to compounds according to aspect b, and the salts of these compounds, for use in the treatment or prevention of diseases, such as e.g. those diseases mediated by a dysregulated function of a single protein kinase, with PKB/Akt as an example, or multiple protein kinases within a defined pathway or signalling network.
In the context of aspect b, the invention also relates in a yet further aspect (aspect b2) to the use of compounds according to aspect b, and the salts of these compounds, for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions for the prevention or treatment of diseases mediated by a dysregulated function of a single protein kinase, with PKB/Akt as a particular example, or multiple protein kinases within a defined pathway or signalling network, whereby diseases mediated by glycogen synthase kinase 3 are thereof disclaimed. In this connection, said diseases are in particular hyperproliferative diseases of benign or malignant behaviour, such as, for example, cellular neoplasia, e.g. cancer, and/or disorders responsive to the induction of apoptosis in a mammal.
The invention further relates in a third aspect (aspect c) to compounds of formula I1 wherein these compounds are 4-amino-N-[4-(6-pyridin-3-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide, 4-amino-N-[4-(6-benzofuran-2-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide, 4-amino-N-[4-(6-thiophen-3-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide, 4-amino-N-[4-(6-dibenzofuran-1-y|-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide, 4-amino-N-[4-(6-benzo[b]thiophen-2-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide, 4-amino-N-[4-(6-quinolin-8-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide, 4-amino-N-[4-(6-naphthalen-2-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylanfiino)-phenyl]-benzamide, 4-amino-N-[4-(6-biphenyl-3-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide, 4-amino-N-[4-(6-biphenyl-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide, 4-amino-N-[4-(6-phenyl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide, 4-amino-N-[4-(6-naphthalen-1-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide, 4-amino-N-{4-[6-(2-phenoxy-phθnyI)-pyrimidin-4-ylamino]-phenyl}-benzamide, 4-amino-N-{4-[6-(2-benzyloxy-phenyl)-pyrimidin-4-ylamino]-phenyl}-benzamide, 4-amino-N-{4-[6-(4-benzyloxy-phenyl)-pyrimidiπ-4-ylamino]-phenyl}-benzamide, 4-amino-N-{4-[6-(3,4-dinnethoxy-phenyl)-pyrimidin-4-ylamino]-phenyl}-benzamide, and 4-amino-N-{4-[6-(2-methoxy-phenyl)-pyrimidin-4-ylamino]-phenyl}-benzamide, and the salts of these compounds.
In the context of aspect c, the invention also relates in a further aspect (aspect c1 ) to compounds according to aspect c, and the salts of these compounds, for use in the treatment or prevention of diseases, such as e.g. those diseases mediated by a dysregulated function of a single protein kinase, with PKB/Akt as an example, or multiple protein kinases within a defined pathway or signalling network.
In the context of aspect c, the invention also relates in a yet further aspect (aspect c2) to the use of compounds according to aspect c, and the salts of these compounds, for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions for the prevention or treatment of diseases mediated by a dysregulated function of a single protein kinase, with PKB/Akt as an example, or multiple protein kinases within a defined pathway or signalling network. In this connection, said diseases are in particular hyperproliferative diseases of benign or malignant behaviour, such as, for example, cellular neoplasia, e.g. cancer, and/or disorders responsive to the induction of apoptosis in a mammal.
The invention further relates in a fourth aspect (aspect d) to compounds according to aspect a of formula I, under the provisio that R1 is not Hart , Ah1 , or Hh1 , when the substituent -N(H)C(O)R3 is attached in the meta position with respect to the binding position in which the phenyl ring is bonded to the pyrimidine-amino moiety, and the salts of these compounds. In the context of aspect d, the invention also relates in a further aspect (aspect d1) to compounds according to aspect d, and the salts of these compounds, for use in the treatment or prevention of diseases, such as e.g. those diseases mediated by a dysregulated function of a single protein kinase, with PKB/Akt as an example, or multiple protein kinases within a defined pathway or signalling network.
In the context of aspect d, the invention also relates in a yet further aspect (aspect d2) to the use of compounds according to aspect d, and the salts of these compounds, for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions for the prevention or treatment of diseases mediated by a dysregulated function of a single protein kinase, with PKB/Akt as an example, or multiple protein kinases within a defined pathway or signalling network. In this connection, said diseases are in particular hyperproliferative diseases of benign or malignant behaviour, such as, for example, cellular neoplasia, e.g. cancer, and/or disorders responsive to the induction of apoptosis in a mammal.
The invention also relates in a fifth aspect (aspect e) to compounds according to aspect a of formula I, in which R1 is Har1, Ah1, or Hh1, and the substituent -N(H)C(O)R3 is attached in the meta position with respect to the binding position in which the phenyl ring is bonded to the pyrimidine-amino moiety, and the salts of these compounds.
In the context of aspect e, the invention also relates in a further aspect (aspect e1) to compounds according to aspect e, and the salts of these compounds, for use in the treatment or prevention of diseases, such as e.g. those diseases mediated by a dysregulated function of a single protein kinase, with PKB/Akt as an example, or multiple protein kinases within a defined pathway or signalling network. In the context of aspect e, the invention also relates in a yet further aspect (aspect e2) to the use of compounds according to aspect e, and the salts of these compounds, for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions for the prevention or treatment of diseases mediated by a dysregulated function of a single protein kinase, with PKB/Akt as a particular example, or multiple protein kinases within a defined pathway or signalling network, whereby diseases mediated by glycogen synthase kinase 3 are thereof disclaimed. In this connection, said diseases are in particular hyperproliferative diseases of benign or malignant behaviour, such as, for example, cellular neoplasia, e.g. cancer, and/or disorders responsive to the induction of apoptosis in a mammal. The invention also relates in a sixth aspect (aspect f) to compounds according to aspect a of formula I, under the first provisio that R1 is not Har1 , Ah1 , or Hh1 , when the substituent -N(H)C(O)R3 is attached in the meta position with respect to the binding position in which the phenyl ring is bonded to the pyrimidine-amino moiety, and under the second provisio that 4-amino-N-[4-(6-pyridin-3-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide, 4-amino-N-[4-(6-benzofuran-2-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide, 4-amino-N-[4-(6-thiophen-3-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide, 4-amino-N-[4-(6-dibenzofuran-1-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide, 4-amino-N-[4-(6-benzo[b]thiophen-2-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide, 4-amino-N-[4-(6-quinolin-8-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide, 4-amino-N-[4-(6-naphthalen-2-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide, 4-amino-N-[4-(6-biphenyl-3-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide, 4-amino-N-[4-(6-biphenyl-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide, 4-amino-N-[4-(6-phenyl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide, 4-amino-N-[4-(6-naphthalen-1-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide, 4-amino-N-{4-[6-(2-phenoxy-phenyI)-pyrimidin-4-ylamino]-phenyl}-benzamide, 4-amino-N-{4-[6-(2-benzyloxy-phenyl)-pyrimidin-4-ylamino]-phenyl}-benzamide, 4-amino-N-{4-[6-(4-benzyloxy-phenyl)-pyrimidin-4-ylamino]-phenyl}-benzamide, 4-amino-N-{4-[6-(3,4-dimethoxy-phenyl)-pyrimidin-4-ylamino]-phenyl}-benzamide, and 4-amino-N-{4-[6-(2-methoxy-phenyl)-pyrimidin-4-ylamino]-phenyl}-benzamide are thereof disclaimed, «** m and the salts of these compounds.
In the context of aspect f, the invention also relates in a further aspect (aspect f1) to compounds according to aspect f, and the salts of these compounds, for use in the treatment or prevention of diseases, such as e.g. those diseases mediated by a dysregulated function of a single protein kinase, with PKB/Akt as an example, or multiple protein kinases within a defined pathway or signalling network. In the context of aspect f, the invention also relates in a yet further aspect (aspect f2) to the use of compounds according to aspect f, and the salts of these compounds, for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions for the prevention or treatment of diseases mediated by a dysregulated function of a single protein kinase, with PKB/Akt as an example, or multiple protein kinases within a defined pathway or signalling network. In this connection, said diseases are in particular hyperproliferative diseases of benign or malignant behaviour, such as, for example, cellular neoplasia, e.g. cancer, and/or disorders responsive to the induction of apoptosis in a mammal. A special interest in the compounds according to this invention refers to those compounds of formula I according to aspect a which are included -within the scope of this invention- by one or, when possible, by more of the following interesting and/or special embodiments:
An interesting embodiment (embodiment a) of the compounds according to aspect a of the present invention refers to those compounds of formula I wherein said compounds are compounds from formula Ia:
Figure imgf000027_0001
Embodiment a refers to those compounds of formula I, in which the substituent -N(H)C(O)R3 is attached in the para position with respect to the binding position in which the phenyl ring is bonded to the pyrimidine-amino moiety.
Another interesting embodiment (embodiment b) of the compounds according to aspect a of the present invention refers to those compounds of formula I wherein said compounds are compounds from formula Ib:
Figure imgf000027_0002
Embodiment b refers to those compounds of formula I, in which the substituent -N(H)C(O)R3 is attached in the meta position with respect to the binding position in which the phenyl ring is bonded to the pyrimidine-amino moiety. A special embodiment (embodiment 1') of the compounds of formula I according to aspect a of this invention refers to those compounds of formulae I, Ia or Ib, in which the moiety U is a bond.
Another special embodiment (embodiment 2') of the compounds of formula I according to aspect a of this invention refers to those compounds of formulae I, Ia or Ib, in which the moiety U is methylene.
Another special embodiment (embodiment 3') of the compounds of formula I according to aspect a of this invention refers to those compounds of formulae I, Ia or Ib, in which the moiety U is ethylene.
Another special embodiment (embodiment 4') of the compounds of formula I according to aspect a of this invention refers to those compounds of formulae I, Ia or Ib, in which the moiety U is 1-2C-aIkylene substituted with amino-1-2C-alkyl, in particular, methylene substituted with amino-1-2C-alkyl, in more particular, methylene substituted with aminomethyl.
Another special embodiment (embodiment 5') of the compounds of formula I according to aspect a of this invention refers to those compounds of formulae I, Ia or Ib, in which R1 is ArI.
Another special embodiment (embodiment 61) of the compounds of formula I according to aspect a of this invention refers to those compounds of formulae I, Ia or Ib, in which R1 is Aa1.
Another special embodiment (embodiment 7') of the compounds of formula I according to aspect a of this invention refers to those compounds of formulae I, Ia or Ib, in which R1 is Har1.
Another special embodiment (embodiment 8') of the compounds of formula I according to aspect a of this invention refers to those compounds of formula Ib according to embodiment b, in which R1 is Ar1 , Aa1 or Ha1 , particularly Ar1 or Aa1.
Another special embodiment (embodiment 9') of the compounds of formula I according to aspect a of this invention refers to those compounds of formula Ib according to embodiment b, in which R1 is Har1, Hh 1 or Ah1, particularly Har1.
Another special embodiment (embodiment 10') of the compounds of formula I according to aspect a of this invention refers to those compounds of formula Ia according to embodiment a, in which R1 is AM, Aa1, Ha1, HaM, HM orAhl, particularly AM, Aa1 or HaM.
Another special embodiment (embodiment 11') of the compounds of formula I according to aspect a of this invention refers to those compounds of formulae I, Ia or Ib, in which R2 is hydrogen. A special embodiment (embodiment 12") more worthy to be mentioned of the compounds of formula I according to aspect a of this invention includes those compounds of formula Ia according to embodiment a, in which R1 is Ar1.
Another special embodiment (embodiment 13') more worthy to be mentioned of the compounds of formula I according to aspect a of this invention refers to those compounds of formula Ia according to embodiment a, in which R1 is Aa1.
Another special embodiment (embodiment 14') more worthy to be mentioned of the compounds of formula I according to aspect a of this invention refers to those compounds of formula Ia according to embodiment a, in which R1 is Har1.
A more detailed special embodiment (embodiment 15') of the compounds of formula I according to aspect a of this invention refers to those compounds of formulae I, Ia or Ib, in which R1 is phenoxy- phenyl or benzyloxy-phenyl; especially 4-phenoxy-phenyl or, in particular, 4-benzyloxy-phenyl.
Another more detailed special embodiment (embodiment 16') of the compounds of formula I according to aspect a of this invention refers to those compounds of formulae I, Ia or Ib, in which R1 is a fused tricyclic 13- or 14-membered heteroaryl radical comprising one to three heteroatoms selected independently from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and which heteroaryl radical is attached to the pyrimidine moiety via a ring carbon atom, such as, for example, carbazolyl, phenanthridinyl, acridinyl, carbolinyl, phenazinyl, dibenzofuranyl, dibenzothiophenyl, phenpthiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, phenoxathiinyl or thianthrenyl; especially, thianthren-1-yl, dibenzothiophen-4-yl or, in particular, dibenzofuran-4-yl.
Another more detailed special embodiment (embodiment 17') of the compounds of formula I according to aspect a of this invention refers to those compounds of formulae I, Ia or Ib, in which R1 is dibenzofuran-4-yl.
Another more detailed special embodiment (embodiment 18') of the compounds of formula I according to aspect a of this invention refers to those compounds of formulae I, Ia or Ib, in which R3 is -U-Ar2, or -V-Har2, in which U is a bond, straight chain 1-4C-alkylene, or straight chain 1-4C-alkylene substituted with amino-1- 4C-alkyl, Ar2 is R31 - and/or R32-substituted phenyl, in which R31 is halogen, cyano, amidino, -W-R311 , or Het1 , in which W is a bond or 1 -4C-alkylene, R311 is -N(R312)R313, or Het1, in which R312 is hydrogen, 1-4C-alkyl, 1-4C-alkoxycarbonyl, or 1-4C-alkoxy-2-4C-alkyl, R313 is hydrogen, or 1-4C-alkyl, Het1 is optionally substituted by R314 and is a monocylic 3- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic ring, which comprises one or two heteroatoms selected from a group consisting of oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur, and which is bonded to the moiety W via a ring carbon atom or via a ring nitrogen atom, and in which R314 is 1-4C-alkyl or 1-4C-alkoxycarbonyl, R32 is halogen, V is a bond, Har2 is 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-7~yl, or R33-substituted pyridyl, in which R33 is -W-R311;
or in which, more precisely, R3 is -U-Ar2, or -V-Har2, in which U is a bond, straight chain 1-2C-alkylene, or straight chain 1-2C-alkylene substituted with amino-1- 2C-alkyl, Ar2 is R31 - and/or R32-substituted phenyl, in which R31 is fluorine, chlorine, cyano, amidino, -W-R311 , or Het1 , in which W is a bond, or 1-4C-alkylene, R311 is -N(R312)R313, in which R312 is hydrogen, 1-2C-alkyl, 1-2C-alkoxy-ethyl, R313 is hydrogen, or 1 -2C-alkyl, Het1 is pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, or N-(1-4C-alkyl)-piperazinyl, especially pyrrolidin-1-yl or piperidin-3-yl, R32 is fluorine or chlorine, V is a bond, Har2 is 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-7-yl, or R33-substituted pyridyl, in which R33 is -W-R311, in which W is 1-2C-alkylene, R311 is -N(R312)R313, in which R312 is hydrogen, or 1-2C-alkyl, R313 is hydrogen;
or in which, further more precisely, R3 is -U-Ar2, -V-Har2, or 2-amino-phenyl, in which U is a bond, and Ar2 is 3-(R31 )-phenyl, 4-(R31 )-phenyl, or 3-(R31 )- or 4-(R31 )-fluorophenyl, in which R31 is amidino, -W-R311 , pyrrolidin-1 -yl, or piperidin-3-yl, in which W is a bond, methylene, ethylene, or 1,1-dimethyl-methylene, R311 is -N(R312)R313, or (2-methoxyethyl)-amino, in which R312 is hydrogen, or methyl, R313 is hydrogen, or methyl, or U is methylene, and Ar2 is 4-(aminomethyl)-phenyl, or U is aminomethyl-methylene, and Ar2 is 3,4-dichlorophenyl, and V is a bond, Har2 is 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-7-yl, or R33-substituted pyridyl, in which R33 is aminomethyl;
or in which, in particular, R3 is -U-Ar2, -V-Har2, or 2-amino-phenyl, in which U is a bond, and Ar2 is 3-(R31 )-phenyl, 4-(R31 )-phenyl, or 3-(R31 )- or 4-(R31 )-fluorophenyl, in which R31 is amidino, -W-R311 , pyrrolidin-1-yl, or piperidin-3-yl, in which either W is a bond, and R311 is -N(R312)R3135;ior (2-methoxyethyl)-amino, in which :». R312 is hydrogen, or methyl, R313 is methyl, or, especially, W is methylene, ethylene, or 1,1-dimethyl-methylene, and R311 is -N(R312)R313, in which R312 is hydrogen, or methyl, R313 is hydrogen, or U is methylene, and Ar2 is 4-(aminomethyl)-phenyl, or U is aminomethyl-methylene, and Ar2 is 3,4-dichlorophenyl, and V is a bond, Har2 is 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-7-yl, or R33-substituted pyridyl, in which R33 is aminomethyl; or in which, in more particular, R3 is -U-Ar2, or -V-Har2, in which U is a bond, Ar2 is 3-(R31 )-phenyl, 4-(R31 )-phenyl, or 2-fluoro-4-(R31 )-phenyl, in which R31 is amidino, or -W-R311 , in which W is methylene, ethylene, or 1 ,1-dimethyl-methylene, R311 is -N(R312)R313, in which R312 is hydrogen, or methyl, R313 is hydrogen, V is a bond, Har2 is 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-7-yl, 6-(R33)-pyrid-3-yl, 6-(R33)-pyrid-2-yl, 2-(R33)-pyrid-4-yl, or 4-(R33)-pyrid-2-yl, in which R33 is aminomethyl.
Respective another more detailed special embodiment of the compounds of formula I according to aspect a of this invention refers to each and every of the embodiments 1' to 10', or, especially, 12' to 18', in each of which R2 is hydrogen.
An in particular detailed special embodiment (embodiment 19') of the compounds of formula I according to aspect a of this invention refers to those compounds of the formulae I, Ia or Ib, which are included from both embodiment 15' and embodiment 18', and in which R2 is hydrogen.
Another in particular detailed special embodiment (embodiment 20') of the compounds of formula I according to aspect a of this invention refers to those compounds of the formulae I, Ia or Ib, which are included from both embodiment 16' and embodiment 18', and in which R2 is hydrogen.
Another in more particular detailed special embodiment (embodiment 21') of the compounds of formula I according to aspect a of this invention refers to those compounds of the formulae I, Ia or Ib, which are included from both embodiment 17' and embodiment 18', and in which R2 is hydrogen.
An embodiment to be emphasized of the compounds of formula I according to aspect a of the present invention is embodiment a. Thus, compounds according to aspect a of this invention, which are from formula Ia, are to be emphasized within the meaning of this invention. Accordingly, within the embodiments 1' to 21', compounds, which are from formula Ia, are to be emphasized.
As it is apparent from the foregoing references, it is to be understood that the abovementioned embodiments of the compounds according to aspect a of the present invention refer not only to aspect a but also to any or all of the aspects b to f. A particular embodiment of the compounds according to the present invention relates to those compounds of formula Ia as defined herein, in which R1 is dibenzofuran-4-yl, R2 is hydrogen, R3 is -V-Har2, in which V is a direct bond, Har2 is pyridyl substituted by aminomethyl, and the salts thereof.
Another particular embodiment of the compounds according to the present invention relates to those compounds of formula Ia as defined herein, in which R1 is dibenzofuran-4-yl, R2 is hydrogen, R3 is -V-Har2, in which V is a direct bond, Har2 is 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl or isoindolinyl, whereby Har2 is bound via a ring carbon atom of the benzene ring portion to the moiety V of the group -V- Har2, and the salts thereof.
Another particular embodiment of the compounds according to the present invention relates to those compounds of formula Ia as defined herein, in which R1 is dibenzofuraπr-4-yl, ,,* R2 is hydrogen, R3 is -U-Ar2, in which LJ is a direct bond, Ar2 is 3-(aminomethyl)-phenyl, 4-(aminomethyl)-phenyl, 3-amidino-phenyl or 4-amidino-phenyl, and the salts thereof.
The compounds according to the invention can be prepared, for example, as shown in the reaction scheme 1 below and according to the following specified reaction steps, or, particularly, in a manner as described by way of example in the following examples, or analogously or similarly thereto according to preparation procedures or synthesis strategies known to the person skilled in the art.
Compounds of formula I, in which R1, R2 and R3 have the meanings mentioned above, can be obtained as described as follows.
In the first reaction step of the synthesis route shown in scheme 1, compounds of the formula V, in which R2 has the meanings mentioned above and X is -NO2 or -N(H)PGI, in which PG1 is a suitable protective group, such as for example tertbutoxycarbonyl (Boc) or one of those mentioned in "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis" by T. Greene and P. Wuts (John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 1999, 3rd Ed.) or in "Protecting Groups (Thieme Foundations Organic Chemistry Series N Group" by P. Kocienski (Thieme Medical Publishers, 2000), are reacted in a nucleophilic substitution reaction with 4,6-dichloropyrimidine to give corresponding compounds of formula IV. Said reaction can be carried out in a manner known to the skilled person or as described in the following examples.
Compounds of formula IV are reacted with compounds of formula R1-M, in which R1 has the meanings mentioned above and M is a group or an atom suitable to react with compounds of formula IV via a CC-bond formation reaction to give corresponding compounds of formula III. Said CC-bond formation reaction may be, for example, a Kumada coupling, a Negishi coupling, a Hiyama coupling, a Sonogashira coupling, a Stille reaction or, preferably, a Suzuki coupling reaction. Thus, in the case of a Suzuki coupling reaction, compounds of formula III are boronic acid esters or, in particular, boronic acids, in which M is -B(OH)2.
Suitably, the Suzuki reaction is carried out as it is known to the person of ordinary skill in the art and/or in a manner as it is described below and specified by way of example in the following examples or analogously or similarly thereto.
Reaction scheme 1 :
Figure imgf000035_0001
In more detail, the Suzuki reaction mentioned can be carried out in organic solvents alone, for example in toluene, benzene, dimethylformamide or in ethereal (e.g. dimethoxyethane or dioxane) or alcohol solvents or in a mixture thereof, or preferably in a mixture comprising an organic solvent (e.g. dimethoxyethane) and water, with organic (e.g. triethylamine) or preferably inorganic base (e.g. potassium hydroxide, thallium hydroxide, sodium bicarbonate, cesium carbonate, cesium fluoride or, in particular, potassium or sodium carbonate) in the presence of a transition metal catalyst, for example, a nickel or, in particular, palladium catalyst (e.g. Pd(OAc)2, PdCI2(PPh3J2 or Pd(PPh3J4), and, optionally, lithium chloride. The reaction is carried out at a temperature in the range from 20° to 1600C, usually 60° to 1300C for 10 minutes to 5 days, usually 30 minutes to 24 hours. Advantageously, the solvents used are degassed and the reaction is carried out under protective gas. In the next reaction step, the nitro group of compounds of formula III, in which X is -NO2, is reduced to the amino group of the corresponding compounds of the formula II. Said reduction is carried out in a manner known to the person skilled in the art or as described in the following examples. In more detail, the reduction can be carried out, for example, by catalytic hydrogenation, e.g. in the presence of Raney nickel or a noble metal catalyst such as palladium or, in particular, platinum on active carbon, in a suitable solvent.
Compounds of formula III, in which X is -N(H)PGI, can be also converted to corresponding compounds of formula II. Said conversion can be obtained by deprotection of the protecting group PG1 in a manner habitual per se to the skilled person or as described in the following examples.
Compounds of formula II, in which R1 and R2 have the meanings mentioned above, can be reacted with compounds of formula R3-C(O)-Y, in which Y is a suitable leaving group, preferably a chlorine atom, and R3 stands for the substituents given above, which can be, if necessary, protected by temporary protective groups known to the person skilled in the art (such as e.g. the tertbutoxycarbonyl protective group), to give, after optional removal of said temporary protective groups, compounds of formula I, in which R1, R2 and R3 have the meanings mentioned above.
Alternatively, compounds of formula I, in which R1, R2 and R3 have the meanings mentioned above, can be also obtained from compounds of formula II, in which R1 and R2 have the meanings indicated above, and compounds of formula R3-C(O)-Y, in which Y is hydroxyl and R3 stands for the substituents given above, which can be, if necessary, protected by temporary protective groups known to the person skilled in the art (such as e.g. the tertbutoxycarbonyl protective group), by reaction with amide bond linking reagents known to the person skilled in the art and subsequential optional removal of said temporary protective groups. Exemplary amide bond linking reagents known to the person skilled in the art which may be mentioned are, for example, the carbodiimides (e.g. dicyclohexylcarbodiimide or, preferably, 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride), azodicarboxylic acid derivatives (e.g. diethyl azodicarboxylate), uranium salts [e.g. 0-(benzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate or O-φenzotriazol-iyO-N.N.N'.N1- tetramthyl-uronium-hexafluorophosphate] and N,N'-carbonyldiimidazole. In the scope of this invention preferred amide bond linking reagents are uranium salts and, particularly, carbodiimides, preferably, 1 -ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride.
Said reaction of compounds of formula I with compounds of formula R3-C(O)-Y can be carried out in an art-known manner or as described in the following examples.
Compounds of formulae V, R1-M or R3-C(O)-Y are known or can be obtained in a known manner or analogously or similarly to art-known compounds, or they are accessible as described in the following examples or analogously or similarly thereto. Optionally, compounds of the formula I can be also converted into further compounds of the formula I by methods known to one of ordinary skill in the art. More specifically, for example, from compounds of the formula I in which a) R312 is hydrogen, the corresponding ester compounds can be obtained by esterification reactions; b) R312 or R313 is hydrogen, the corresponding ether compounds can be obtained by etherification reactions; c) R312 or R314 is an 1-4C-alkoxycarbonyl group, such as e.g. a tertbutoxycarbonyl group, the corresponding free amino compounds can be obtained by removal of the 1-4C-alkoxycarbonyl group; d) R31 is a cyano group, the corresponding amidino group can be obtained by imidoester formation and subsequential amination. The methods mentioned under a), b), c) and d) are expediently carried out analogously to the methods known to the person skilled in the art or as described by way of example in the following examples.
Optionally, compounds of the formula I can be converted into their salts, or, optionally, salts of the compounds of the formula I can be converted into the free compounds.
It is moreover known to the person skilled in the art that if there are a number of reactive centers on a starting or intermediate compound it may be necessary to block one or more reactive centers temporarily by protective groups in order to allow a reaction to proceed specifically at the desired reaction center. A detailed description for the use of a large number of proven protective groups is found, for example, in "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis" by T. Greene and P. Wuts (John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 1999, 3rd Ed.) or in "Protecting Groups (Thieme Foundations Organic Chemistry Series N Group" by P. Kocienski (Thieme Medical Publishers, 2000).
The substances according to the invention are isolated and purified in a manner known per se, for example by distilling off the solvent under reduced pressure and recrystallizing the residue obtained from a suitable solvent or subjecting it to one of the customary purification methods, such as, for example, column chromatography on a suitable support material.
Salts are obtained by dissolving the free compound in a suitable solvent (e.g. a ketone, such as aceto¬ ne, methyl ethyl ketone or methyl isobutyl ketone, an ether, such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran or dioxane, a chlorinated hydrocarbon, such as methylene chloride or chloroform, or a low-molecular- weight aliphatic alcohol, such as ethanol or isopropanol) which contains the desired acid or base, or to which the desired acid or base is then added. The salts are obtained by filtering, reprecipitating, preci¬ pitating with a nonsolvent for the addition salt or by evaporating the solvent. Salts obtained can be converted into the free compounds, which can in turn be converted into salts, by alkalization or by aci- dification. In this manner, pharmacologically unacceptable salts can be converted into pharmacologically acceptable salts.
Suitably, the conversions mentioned in this invention can be carried out analogously or similarly to methods which are familiar per se to the person skilled in the art.
The person skilled in the art knows on the basis of his/her knowledge and on the basis of those synthesis routes, which are shown and described within the description of this invention, how to find other possible synthesis routes for compounds of formula I. All these other possible synthesis routes are also part of this invention.
Having described the invention in detail, the scope of the present invention is not limited only to those described characteristics or embodiments. As will be apparent to persons skilled in the art, modifications, analogies, variations, derivations, homologisations and adaptations to the described invention can be made on the base of art-known knowledge and/or, particularly, on the base of the disclosure (e.g. the explicite, implicite or inherent disclosure) of the present invention without departing from the spirit and scope of this invention as defined by the appended claims.
The following examples serve to illustrate the invention further without restricting it. Likewise, further compounds of formula I, whose preparation is not explicitly described, can be prepared in an analogous or similar manner or in a manner familiar per se to the person skilled in the art using customary process techniques.
Any or all of the compounds of formula I according to the present invention which are mentioned, particularly which are specified as final compounds, in the following examples, as well as the salts or salt-free forms thereof, are a particularly interesting subject of the present invention.
In the examples, mp stands for melting point, h for hour(s), min for minutes, cone, for concentrated, Boc for the tertbutoxycarbonyl group, and other abbreviations have their meanings customary per se to the skilled person. Examples
Final Compounds
1. N-[4-(6-Dibenzofuran-4-yI-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-4-morpholin-4-yl-benzamide 4-Moφholin-4-yl-benzoic acid (228 mg, 1.1 mmol) and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (148 mg, 1.1 mmol) are dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) (5 mL) and /\T-(3-dimethylamino)propyl-W- ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (632 mg, 3.3 mmol) and triethylamine (0.46 mL, 3.3 mmol) are added. The mixture is stirred for 1 h at ambient temperature. /V-(6-Dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-yl)-benzene-1 ,4-diamine trifluoroacetate (compound A1) (500 mg, 1.1 mmol) is dissolved in DMF (5 mL), further triethylamine (0.15 mL, 1.1 mmol) is added and the above mixture is added at 0 0C. The resulting mixture is stirred overnight at room temperature and chloroform (30 mL) is added. The resulting solid is filtered, washed and dried. Yield: 257 mg (48 %) mp: 335-345 0C 1H-NMR (DMSOd6): δ/ppm = 3.25 (4 H, m, N(CH2)2); 3.76 (4 H1 m, O(CH2)2); 7.93 (1 H, s, C5-H); 8.29 (1 H, d, Cbenzofurane-H); 8.31 (1 H, d, Cbeicofurane-H); 8.35 (1 H, d, Cbenzofuranβ-H); 8.77 (1 H1 s, C2-H); 9.87 (1 H, s, NH); 9.96 (1 H, s, NH). 13C-NMR (DMSO-de): δ/ppm = 47.26 (N(CH2)2); 65.81 (O(CH2)2); 105.25 (C6); 152.79 (C2); 155.02 (C6); 156.82 (Cbenzo.urane); 157.98 (C4); 160.61 (Cbenzoftirane); 164.38 (CO-NH).
2. N-[^-(6-Dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-4-dimethylaminό-benzamide To a solution of /v-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-yl)-benzene-1 ,4-diamine trifluoroacetate (compound A1) (500 mg, 1.1 mmol) in pyridine (10 mL) is added at 100C 4-dimethylaminobenzoyl chloride (288 mg, 1.21 mmol) portion wise. After 14 h at ambient temperature the mixture is evaporated and the crude product is purified by crystallization. Yield: 47 % mp: 285-^00 0C 1H-NMR (DMSOd6): δ/ppm = 3.01 (6 H1 m, N(CH3J2); 7.97 (1 H, s, C5-H); 8.20 (1 H, d, Cbenzolurane-H); 8.25 (1 H, d, Cbenzofurane-H); 8.40 (1 H1 d, Cbenzofu^-H); 8.92 (1 H1 s, C2-H); 10.02 (1 H1 s, NH); 11.40 (1 H, s, NH). 13C-NMR (DMSOd6): δ/ppm = 39.71 (N(CH3)2); 105.65 (C5); 151.89 (C2); 152.43 (C6); 154.29 (Cbβnzofuranβ); 155.09 (C4); 160.79 (Cbeπzotønβ); 164.73 (CO-NH).
Unless otherwise noted, the following compounds are prepared analogously to the amide coupling example above (Example 1 ) starting from compound A1 and the appropriate art-known benzoic acid derivatives. 3. N-[4-(6-Dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-4-(4-methyl-piperazin-1- ylmethyl)-benzamide mp: 270-274 0C 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): δ/ppm = 2.26 (3 H, s, CH3); 2.45 (s); 3.30 (2 H, s), 3.56 (2 H, s), 7.94 (1 H1 s, C5- H); 8.25 (1 H, d, Cbenzo!utane-H); 8.32 (1 H, d, CbenzoΛlrans-H); 8.38 (1 H, d, Cbenzofϋrane-H); 8.78 (1 H, S, C2- H); 9.88 (1 H, s, NH); 10.20 (1 H, s, NH). 13C-NMR (DMSO-d6): δ/ppm = 45.09 (CH3); 51.96, 54.28, 61.30 (NCH2); 105.51 (C5); 152.93 (C2); 155.02 (C6); 156.86 (Cbenzofiirarie); 157.96 (C4); 160.59
Figure imgf000040_0001
164.74 (CO-NH).
4. N-[4-(6-Dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-yIamino)-phenyl]-2-(4-dimethyl-amino-phenyl)- acetamide mp: > 260 0C 1H-NMR (DMSOd6): δ/ppm = 2.86 (6 H, s, N(CH3J2); 3.49 (2 H, s, CH2); 7.88 (1 H, s, C5-H); 8.22 (1 H, d, CbenZoft,rane-H); 8.30 (1 H, d, Cbβraofurane-H); 8.36 (1 H1 d, Cben20ftirane-H); 8.75 (1 H1 s, C2-H); 9.80 (1 H1 s, NH); 10.01 (1 H1 s, NH). 13C-NMR (DMSO-d6): δ/ppm = 40.25 (N(CH3)2); 42.42 (CH2); 105.41 (C5); 152.91 (C2); 154.99 (C6); 156.82 (Cbenzofurane); 157.95 (C4); 160.60 (C^o^ne); 169.12 (CO-NH).
5. N-[4-(6-Dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-2-dimethyIamino-benzamide mp: 246-249 0C 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): δ/ppm = 2.81 (6 H1 m, N(CH3)2); 7.92 (1 H, s, C5-H); 8.24 (1 H1 d, Cben20ftirans-H); 8.36 (1 H1 d, Cbenzofurane-H); 8.39 (1 H1 d, Cbetαofurans-H); 8.77 (1 H, s, C2-H); 9.86 (1 H1 s, NH); 11.27 (1 H1 s, NH). *" 13C-NMR (DMSO-d6): δ/ppm = 43.81 (N(CH3)2); 105.45 (C5); 152.94 (C2); 155.01 (C6); 156.86 (Cbenzoiurane); 157.97 (C4); 160.63 (Cbθnzoftjranθ); 165.09 (CO-NH).
6. N-[4-(6-Dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-3-pyrrolidin-1-yIbenzamide mp: 250-255 °C 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): δ/ppm = 2.00 (4 H1 m, (CH2)2); 3.30 (4 H1 m, N(CH2)2); 7.92 (1 H, s, C5-H); 8.23 (1 H1 d, Cbenzofurane-H); 8.32 (1 H1 d,
Figure imgf000040_0002
8.38 (1 H1 d. CbenZofuranβ-H); 8.78 (1 H1 s, C2-H); 9.86 (1 H1 s, NH); 10.08 (1 H, s, NH). 13C-NMR (DMSO-d6): δ/ppm = 24.93 ((CH2J2); 47.31 (N(CH2J2); 105.50 (C5); 152.92 (C2); 155.01 (C6); 156.86 (Cbβn∞furane); 157.97 (C4); 160.58 (CbenzOtene); 165.63 (CO-NH).
7. N-[4-(6-Dibenzofuran-4-yI-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide mp: 323-325 0C 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): δ/ppm = 7.92 (1 H1 s, C5-H); 8.24 (1 H, d, Cben2ofurare-H); 8.30 (1 H1 d, Cbenzofurane- H); 8.37 (1 H1 d, Cben20ftJrane-H); 8.78 (1 H1 S1 C2-H); 9.87 (1 H1 s, NH); 10.24 (1 H1 S1 NH). 13C-NMR (DMSO-d6): δ/ppm = 105.51 (C5); 152.93 (C2); 155.02 (C6); 156.88 (CbenZofurane); 157.96 (C4); 160.58 (Cbenzofutane); 164.89 (CO-NH).
8. 4-tert-Butyl-N-[4-(6-diben2θfuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-yIamino)-phenyl]-benzamide mp: 261-263 0C 1H-NMR (DMSO-Cl6): δ/ppm = 1.34 (9 H, s, C(CH3)3); 7.92 (1 H, s, C5-H); 8.25 (1 H, d, Cbenzoftirane-H); 8.36 (1 H, d, Cbenzofmane-H); 8.38 (1 H, d, Cbenzoftiranβ-H); 8.78 (1 H, s, C2-H); 9.86 (1 H, s, NH); 10.16 (1 H, s, NH). 13C-NMR (DMSO-de): δ/ppm = 30.92 (C(CH3)3); 105.51 (C5); 153.95 (C2); 155.02 (C6); 156.86 (Cb∞ftro); 157.97 (C4); 160.59 (Cbemo!uranβ); 164.84 (CO-NH).
9. 3,4-Dichloro-N-[4-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-yIamino)-phenyl]-benzamide mp: 317-321 0C 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): δ/ppm = 7.93 (1 H, s, C5-H); 8.23 (1 H, d, Cberao^m-H); 8.32 (1 H, d, CbenzofUrane- H); 8.38 (1 H, d, CbEnzofurane-H); 8.79 (1 H, s, C2-H); 9.90 (1 H1 s, NH); 10.39 (1 H, s, NH). 13C-NMR (DMSO-d6): δ/ppm = 105.63 (C5); 152.94 (C2); 155.02 (C6); 156.92 (Cben20furane); 157.96 (C4); 160.55 (Cbenzofuranβ); 162.48 (CO-NH).
10. N-[4-(6-Dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-3-dimethylamino-benzamide To a solution of N-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-yl)-benzene-1,4-diamine trifluoroacetic acid (compound A1) (500 mg, 1.1 mmol) in pyridine (10 mL) is added at 10 0C 3-dimethylaminobenzoyl chloride (288 mg, 1.21 mmol) portion wise. After 14 h at ambient temperature the mixture is evaporated and the crude product is purified by crystallization. Yield: 32 % mp: 225-232 0C 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): δ/ppm = 3.01 (6 H, s, N(CH3)2); 7.92 (1 H, s, C5-H); 8.22 (1 H, d, CbenZoiurane-H); 8.38 (1 H, d, Cbenzofϋrane-H); 8.41 (1 H, d, CbenzofUrane-H); 8.92 (1 H, s, C2-H); 10.27 (1 H, s, NH); 10.93 (1 H, s, NH). 13C-NMR (DMSO-d6): δ/ppm = 40.79 (N(CH3)2); 105.64 (C5); 152.55 (C2); 155.08 (C6); 155.28 (Cbenzofuranβ); 157.97 (C4); 160.79 (Cbenzofurane); 165.47 (CO-NH).
Unless otherwise noted, the following compounds are prepared analogously to the amide coupling example above (Example 1) starting from compound A1 and the appropriate art-known benzoic acid derivatives.
11. N-[4-(6-Dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-yIamino)-phenyl]-isonicotinamide mp: 283-295 0C 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): δ/ppm = 7.93 (1 H, s, C5-H); 8.28 (1 H, d, Cbenzotøns-H); 8.30 (1 H, d, Cben20furare- H); 8.36 (1 H, d, Cbenzotøne-H); 8.78 (1 H, s, C2-H); 9.92 (1 H, s, NH); 10.50 (1 H, s, NH). 13C-NMR (DMSO-d6): δ/ppm = 105.64 (C5); 152.94 (C2); 155.02 (C6); 156.92 (Cbenzofurane); 157.95 (C4); 160.54 (Cben20ftJrane); 163.28 (CO-NH).
12. N-[4-(6-Dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-yIamino)-phenyl]-4-dimethylaminomethyl- benzamide mp: 299 0C 1H-NMR (DMSOd6): δ/ppm = 2.19 (6 H, s, N(CH3)2); 3.49 (2 H, s, CH2); 7.93 (1 H, S1 C5-H); 8.25 (1 H, d, Cbenzofutane-H); 8.32 (1 H, d, Cbenzofurane-H); 8.38 (1 H, d, Cbenzofiirane-H); 8.78 (1 H, S, C2-H); 9.87 (1 H, s, NH); 10.20 (1 H, s, NH). 13C-NMR (DMSOd6): δ/ppm = 44.87 (N(CH3)2); 62.79 (CH2); 105.52 (C5); 152.93 (C2); 155.02 (C6); 156.87 (Cben∞ftimnθ); 157.97 (C4); 160.59 (Cbenzofuram); 164.73 (CO-NH).
13. N-[4-(6-Dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-4-morpholin-4-ylmethyl- benzamide mp: > 250 0C 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): δ/ppm = 2.37 (4 H, d); 3.29 (2 H, s); 3.58 (4 H, m, OCH2); 7.92 (1 H, s, C5-H); 8.23 (1 H, d, Cbenzoftirane-H); 8.32 (1 H, d, Cbenzofurane-H); 8.38 (1 H, d, Cbenzofiirane-H); 8.78 (1 H, S, C2-H); 9.87 (1 H, s, NH); 10.20 (1 H, s, NH). 13C-NMR (DMSO-d6): δ/ppm = 53.10; 61.88; 66.08 105.55 (C5); 152.94 (C2); 155.03 (C6); 156.89 (Cbenzoftirane); 157.99 (C4); 160.60 (Cbenzofcrane)! 164.76 (CO-NH).
14. N-[4-(6-Dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)- benzamide mp: 304-319 0C 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): δ/ppm = 2.22 (3 H, s, CH3); 2.45 (4 H, m, CH2); 7.02 (1 H, d); 7.88 (1 H, s); 8.24 (1 H1 d, Cbβnzofurane-H); 8.31 (1 H, d, Cbenzofurane-H); 8.38 (1 H, d, Cbenzofurane-H); 8.77 (1 H, S, C2-H); 9.85 (1 H, S, NH); 9.93 (1 H, s, NH). 13C-NMR (DMSO-d6): δ/ppm = 45.67; 46.90; 54.29; 105.41 (C5); 152.64 (C2); 155.01 (C6); 156.83 (Cbenzofumne); 157.97 (C4); 160.60 (Cbenzoftane); 164.39 (CO-NH).
15. N-[4-(6-Dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-6-morpholin-4-yl-nicotinamide mp: 310-312 0C 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): δ/ppm = 3.60 (4 H, m, N(CH2)2); 3.72 (4 H, m, O(CH2)2); 7.93 (1 H1 s, C5-H); 8.24 (1 H, d, Cbenzofurane-H); 8.31 (1 H1 d, Cbsnzofurarrø-H); 8.36 (1 H, d, Cbenzofurane-H); 8.77 (1 H1 S, C2-H); 9.87 (1 H, s, NH); 10.04 (1 H, s, NH). 13C-NMR (DMSO-d6): δ/ppm = 44.65 (N-CH2); 65.76 (0-CH2); 105.35 (C5); 152.92 (C2); 155.02 (C6); 156.84 (Cbenzofuranβ); 157.97 (C4); 159.69 (Cbenzofurane); 163.37 (CO-NH). 16. N-[4-(6-Dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-3-[3-methoxy-1-(2-methoxyethyl)- propyl]-benzamide mp: 186-188 0C
17. tert-Butyl N-{4-[4-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenylcarbamoyl]-benzyl}- carbamate mp: 311-321 0C
18. tert-Butyl N-{2-[4-(6-Dibenzofuran-4-yI-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenylcarbamoyl]-phenyl}- carbamate mp: >340 °C
19. tert-Butyl N-{3-[4-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenylcarbamoyI]-phenyl}- carbamate mp: 215-218 0C
20. tert-Butyl 3-{4-[4-(6-Dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenylcarbamoyl]-pheny I}- piperidin-1 -carboxylate mp: 259-261 0C
21. tert-Butyl N-(4-{[4-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenylcarbamoyl]-methyl}- phenyl) -carbamate mp: > 320 0C 1H-NMR (DMSOd6): δ/ppm = 1.47 (9 H, s, C(CH3)3); 3.56 (2 H, s, (CH2)); 7.88 (1 H, s, C5-H); 8.22 (1 H, d, Cenzoftøne-H); 8.30 (1 H, d, CbΘn20fϋrane-H); 8.36 (1 H, d, Cbenzofuranβ-H); 8.75 (1 H, s, C2-H); 9.81 (1 H, s, NH); 10.07 (1 H1 S1 NH). 13C-NMR (DMSO-d6): δ/ppm = 28.11 (C(CH3)3); 42.56 (CH2); 78.74 (C(CH3)3); 105.45 (C5); 152.46 (C2); 155.00 (C6); 156.82 (CbBnzoft,ran9); 157.59 (C4); 160.59 (Cbθnzoftirane); 168.63 (CO-NH).
22. tert-Butyl N-{3-[4-(6-Dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenylcarbamoyl]-benzyl}- carbamate mp: 237 0C 1H-NMR (DMSOd6): δ/ppm = 1.41 (9 H, s, C(CH3)3); 4.22 (2 H, d, (CH2)); 7.92 (1 H, s, C5-H); 8.23 (1 H, d, Cbβnzomrane-H); 8.30 (1 H, d, Cbenzoftirane-H); 8.36 (1 H, d, CbBnzofuτane-H); 8.78 (1 H, s, C2-H); 9.87 (1 H, s, NH); 10.23 (1 H, s, NH). 13C-NMR (DMSOd6): δ/ppm = 28.22 (C(CH3)3); 43.23 (CH2); 77.76 (C(CH3)3); 105.54 (C5); 152.93(C2); 155.01 (C6); 156.88 (Cue™*™*); 157.97 (C4); 160.60 (CbenzoliiranΘ); 164.96 (CO-NH). 23. tert-Butyl N-(2-{4-[4-(6-Dibenzofurane-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)- phenylcarbamoyl]phenyl}-ethyl) -carbamate mp: >250 °C 1H-NMR (DMSO-de): δ/ppm = 1.38 (9 H, s, C(CH3)3); 2.77 (2 H, t); 3.17 (2 H, d, (N-CH2)); 6.90 (1 H, t, NH); 7.91 (1 H, s, C5-H); 8.23 (1 H1 d, CBen2oftlrane-H); 8.31 (1 H1 d, CBenzoto^-H); 8.37 (1 H1 d, CBenzofϋranθ-H); 8.78 (1 H1 s, C2-H); 9.87 (1 H1 s, NH); 10.16 (1 H1 s, NH). 13C-NMR (DMSO-d6): δ/ppm = 28.23 (C(CH3)3); 35.23 (CH2); 41.17 (N-CH2); 77.40 (C(CH3)3); 105.51 (C5); 152.93 (C2); 155.02 (C6); 156.86 (CBenZoft,rane); 157.97 (C4); 160.59 (CBenzofurane); 164.70 (CO-NH).
24. tert-Butyl N-{2-[4-(6-Dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenylcarbamoyl]-pyridin-4- ylmethyl}-carbamate mp: 2450C 1H-NMR (DMSO-dβ): δ/ppm = 1.41 (9 H1 s, C(CH3J3); 4.22 (2 H1 d, (CH2)); 7.92 (1 H1 s, C5-H); 8.23 (1 H1 d, CBenzof-rane-H); 8.30 (1 H1 d, CBenzoftirane-H); 8.36 (1 H1 d, CBeraofumne-H); 8.78 (1 H1 s, C2-H); 9.87 (1 H1 S, NH); 10.23 (1 H1 S1 NH). 13C-NMR (DMSO-dβ): δ/ppm = 28.22 (C(CH3)3); 43.23 (CH2); 77.76 (C(CH3)3); 105.54 (C5); 152.93 (C2); 155.01 (C6); 156.88 (0,*«*««); 157.97 (C4); 160.60 (CBen20ftlrane); 164.96 (CO-NH).
Unless otherwise noted, the following compounds are prepared analogously to the amide coupling example above (Example 1) starting from compound A2 and the appropriate art-known benzoic acid derivatives.
25. tert-Butyl {4-[3-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenylcarbamoyl]-benzyl}- carbamate mp: 233-236 0C
26. tert-Butyl N-(2-{4-[3-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenylcarbamoyl]-phenyl}- ethyl)-carbamate mp: 239-241 0C
27. tert-Butyl N-{2-[3-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yI-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenylcarbamoyl]-phenyl}- carbamate mp: amoφheous
28. tert-Butyl {3-[3-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenylcarbamoyl]-phenyl}- carbamate mp: 160-163 0C 29. tert-Butyl N-{3-[3-(6-Dibenzofuran-4-yI-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenylcarbamoyl]-benzyl}- carbamate mp: 216-219 0C
30. tert-Bufyl N-{4-[3-(6-Dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenylcarbamoyl]-phenyl}- carbamate mp: 214 0C
31. tert-Butyl N-{4-[4-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenylcarbamoyl]-benzyl}- methyl-carbamate The title compound is prepared analogously to the amide coupling example above (Example 1) starting from compound A1 and compound D1. mp: 225-230 0C
32. tert-Butyl {5-[4-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenylcarbamoyl]-pyridin-2- ylmethyl}-carbamate The title compound is prepared analogously to the amide coupling example above (Example 1) starting from compound A1 and compound D2.
33. tert-Butyl {4-[4-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenylcarbamoyl]-pyridin-2- ylmethyl}-carbamate The title compound is prepared analogously to the amide coupling example above (Example 1) starting from compound A1 and compound D3. "
34. tert-Butyl (4-{[4-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenylcarbamoyl]-methyl}- benzyl)-carbamate The title compound is prepared analogously to the amide coupling example above (Example 1) starting from compound A1 and compound D4. mp: 238-240 0C
35. tert-Butyl N-{4-[3-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-4-tnethyl-phenylcarbamoyl]- benzyl}-carbamate The title compound is prepared analogously to the amide coupling example above (Example 1) starting from compound A3 and the appropriate art-known benzoic acid derivative, mp: 200-205 0C
36. tert-Butyl N-(1-{4-[4-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenylcarbamoyl]-phenyl}- 1 -methyl-ethyl)-carbamate The title compound is prepared analogously to the amide coupling example above (Example 1 ) starting from compound A1 and compound D5.
37. tert-Butyl N-(2-{3-[4-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenylcarbamoyl]-phenyl}- ethyl)-carbamate The title compound is prepared analogously to the amide coupling example above (Example 1) starting from compound A1 and compound D6. mp: 235-238 0C
38. tert-Butyl {4-[4-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenylcarbamoyl]-phenyl}-(2- methoxyethyl)-carbamate The title compound is prepared analogously to the amide coupling example above (Example 1 ) starting from compound A1 and compound D7. mp: 228-231 0C (decomposition)
39. tert-Butyl N-{4-[4-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenylcarbamoyl]-3- fluorobenzyl}carbamate The title compound is prepared analogously to the amide coupling example above (Example 1) starting from compound A1 and compound D8. Yield: 163 mg (25 %) mp: 255 0C
40. tert-Butyl {6-[4-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenylcarbamoyl]-pyridin-2- ylmethyl}-carbamate The title compound is prepared analogously to the amide coupling example above (Example 1 ) starting from compound A1 and compound D9. mp: 195-197 0C
41. tert-Butyl N-{5-[4-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yI-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenylcarbamoyl]-pyridin-3- ylmethyl}-carbamate The title compound is prepared analogously to the amide coupling example above (Example 1) starting from compound A1 and compound D10.
42. N-[3-(6-Dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-4-dimethylamino-benzamide To a solution of Λ/-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-yl)-benzene-1 ,3-diamine trifluoroacetate (compound A2) (500 mg, 1.1 mmol) in pyridine (10 mL) is added at 10 0C 4-dimethylaminobenzoyl chloride (222 mg, 1.21 mmol) portion wise. After 2 days at ambient temperature the mixture is evaporated and the crude product is purified by crystallization. Yield: 33 % mp: > 250 0C
43. N-[3-(6-Dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-4-dimethylaminomethyl- benzamide The title compound is prepared analogously to the amide coupling example above (Example 1) starting from compound A2 and the appropriate art-known benzoic acid derivative, mp: 240-242 0C
44. 3-Cyano-Λ/-[4-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-yIamino)-phenyl]-benzamide The title compound is prepared analogously to the amide coupling example above (Example 1) starting from compound A1 and the appropriate art-known benzoic acid derivative, mp: 285-290 0C
45. 3-Carbamimidoyl-W-[4-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yI-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide 3-Cyano-Λ/-[4-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yI-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide (compound 44) (275 mg, 0.57 mmol) dissolved in dioxane (60 mL) and methanol (20 mL) is cooled to 0-5 °C and HCI-gas is added. After 0.5 h the mixture is evaporated, to the residue is added methanol (10 mL) and (NH4)2CO3 (0.50 g, 0.52 mmol) and the mixture is stirred for 48 h. After neutralization with aqueous hydrochloric acid/isopropanol the product is purified with silica gel flash chromatography. Yield: 56 mg mp: 300-306 0C
46. 4-Cyano-W-[4-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide '" The title compound is prepared analogously to the amide coupling example above (Example 1) starting from compound A1 and the appropriate art-known benzoic acid derivative. mp: > 250 °C
47. 4-Carbamimidoyl-N-[4-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide The title compound is prepared analogously to the Example 45 starting from compound 46. mp: 213-2190C
48. N-[3-(6-Dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-3-dimethylamino-benzamide To a solution of /v-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-yl)-benzene-1 ,3-diamine trifluoroacetate (compound A2) (500 mg, 1.1 mmol) in pyridine (10 mL) is added at 100C 3-dimethylaminobenzoyl chloride HCI (288 mg, 1.21 mmol) portion wise. After 48 h at ambient temperature the mixture is evaporated and the crude product is purified by flash chromatography. Yield: 25 % mp: 245-251 0C 49. 4-Aminomethyl-Λ/-[4-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide trifluoroacetate tert-Butyl N^-^^β-dibenzofuran^-yl-pyrimidin^-ylaminoJ-phenylcarbamoylJ-benzylJ-carbamate (compound 17) (200 mg, 0.34 mmol) is stirred in a mixture of 0.5 ml trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) / dichloromethane (5 ml_) overnight. The resulting solid is filtered, washed and dried. Yield: 40 % mp: 155-165 0C 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): δ/ppm = 4.14 (2 H, m, CiH2-NH2); 7.90 (1 H, s, C5-H); 8.26 (3 H, m, CbenZoft,rane-H); 8.32 (2 H, bs, CH2-NH2); 8.82 (1 H, s, C2-H); 10.08 (1 H, s, NH); 10.29 (1 H, s, NH). 13C-NMR (DMSO-d6): δ/ppm = 41.89 (CH2-NH2); 105.61 (C5); 152.85 (C2); 155.03 (C6); 155.93 (Cbenzotonβ); 157.41 (C4); 160.61 (Cenzofϋrane); 164.28(CO-NH).
Unless otherwise noted, the following compounds are prepared analogously to Example 49 starting from the appropriate Boc-protected compounds 17 to 41, or A4 to A6.
50. 2-Amino-N-[4-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide trifluoroacetate mp: 136-138 0C 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): δ/ppm = 7.86 (1 H, s, C5-H); 8.24 (2 H, dd, Cben20fUrane-H); 8.37 (1 H, d, CbenZo.urane- H); 8.87 (1 H, s, C2-H); 10.09 (1 H, s, NH); 10.40 (1 H, s, NH). 13C-NMR (DMSO-de): δ/ppm = 105.41 (C5); 152.69 (C2); 155.05 (C6); 156.26 (Cbθnzoftlranβ); 158.05 (C4); 160.76 (Cbenzotone); 167.13 (CO-NH).
51. 3-Amino-N-[4-(6-Dibenzofuran-4-yI-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide trifluoroacetate mp: 140-147 0C 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): δ/ppm = 7.86 (1 H, s, C5-H); 8.26 (2 H, dd, Cbenzoiurane-H); 8.35 (1 H, d, Cbenzo)uranβ- H); 8.68 (1 H, s, C2-H); 10.25 (1 H, s, NH); 10.35 (1 H, s, NH). 13C-NMR (DMSO-de): δ/ppm = 105.52 (C5); 152.73 (C2); 154.30 (C6); 155.05 (Ctenzotøne); 156.50 (C4); 160.72 (Cbenzotøne); 164.99 (CO-NH).
52. N-[4-(6-Dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-4-piperidin-3-yl-benzamide trifluoroacetate mp: 140-147 0C 1H-NMR (DMSO-de): δ/ppm = 1.81 (2 H, m); 1.92 (2 H, m); 3.08 (3 H, m); 3.36 (2 H, m); 7.89 (1 H, s, C5-H); 8.29 (1 H, d, CbenZofυrana-H); 8.31 (1 H, d, CbenzOfurane-H); 8.36 (1 H, d, Cberaofurane-H); 8.84 (1 H, s, C2-H); 10.27 (2 H, s, NH). 13C-NMR (DMSO-de): δ/ppm = 22.29; 29.35; 43.00; 47.59; 105.56 (C5); 152.80 (C2); 155.05 (C6); 155.20 (Cbenzofuranβ); 157.02 (C4); 160.67 (Cbenzotanβ); 164.60 (CO-NH). 53. 2-(4-Amino-phenyl)-W-[4-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-acetamide trifluoroacetate mp: 125-130 0C 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): δ/ppm = 3.68 (2 H, s, CH2); 7.85 (1 H, s, C5-H); 8.25 (1 H, d, CbenZofurane-H); 8.29 (1 H, d, Cbenzoftlrane-H); 8.34 (1 H, d, Cbεn∞Αtranβ-H); 8.82 (1 H, s, C2-H); 10.22 (2 H, s, NH). 13C-NMR (DMSO-de): δ/ppm = 42.44 (CH2); 105.51 (C5); 152.73 (C2); 155.05 (C6); 156.59 (CbΘnzofurane); 160.70 (Cbenzoftiranβ); 168.26 (CO-NH).
54. 3-Aminomethyl-Λ/-[4-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide trifluoroacetate mp: 238-240 "C 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): δ/ppm = 4.16 (2 H, d, (CH2)); 7.90 (1 H1 s, C5-H); 8.30 (6 H, m, CBBnZoftirane-H); 8.83 (1 H, s, C2-H); 10.18 (1 H, S1 NH); 10.34 (1 H1 s, NH). 13C-NMR (DMSO-d6): δ/ppm (charakteristische Signale) = 42.11 (CH2); 105.61 (C5); 152.83 (C2); 155.05 (C6); 155.51 (CBenzofuranβ); 157.70 (C4); 160.66 (CBenzoft.rane); 164.54 (CO-NH).
55. 4-(2-Amino-ethyl)-W-[4-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide trifluoroacetate mp: 202 0C 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): δ/ppm = 2.94 (2 H, m); 3.05 (2 H, m, (N-CH2)); 7.90 (1 H1 s, C5-H); 8.19 (1 H1 d, Ceenzofurane-H); 8.35 (1 H1 d, CBenzofU!anβ-H); 8.86 (1 H, s, C2-H); 10.28 (1 H1 s, NH); 10.56 (1 H, s, NH). 13C-NMR (DMSO-d6): δ/ppm = 32.85 (CH2); 39.62 (N-CH2); 105.57 (C5); 152.93(C2); 153.33; 155.08 (C6); 155.97 (CBenzofurane); 157.82 (C4); 160.77 {CBemofuranθ); 164.65 (CO-NH).
56. 4-Aminomethyl-pyridin-2-carbonsaure-[4-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yI-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)- phenyl] -amide trifluoroacetate mp: 211 0C (decomposition)
57. 4-Aminomethyl-Λ/-[3-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamid trifluoroacetate mp: 114 °C
58. 4-(2-Amino-ethyl)-Λ/-[3-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide trifluoroacetate mp: 87-90 0C
59. 2-Amino-W-[3-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide trifluoroacetate mp: 140-150 0C
60. 3-Amino-W-[3-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide trifluoroacetate mp: 150-153 0C
61. 3-Aminomethyl-W-[3-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide trifluoroacetate mp: 150-156 0C
62. 4-Amino-W-[3-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyI]-benzamide trifluoroacetate mp: 185-188 0C
63. N-[4-(6-Dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-4-methylaminomethyl-benzamide trifluoroacetate mp: 130-140 0C
64. 6-Aminomethyl-N-[4-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-nicotinamide trifluoroacetate mp: 145-150 °C
65 2-Aminomethyl-N-[4-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-isonicotinamide trifluoroacetate mp: 248-250 0C
66. 2-(4-Aminomethyl-phenyl)-N-[4-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]- acetamide trifluoroacetate mp: 251-255 0C
67. 4-Aminomethyl-N-[3-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-4-methyl-phenyl]- benzamide trifluoroacetate mp: 180-185 0C
68. 1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-isochinolin-7-carbonsaure-[4-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4- ylamino)-phenyl] -amide trifluoroacetate mp: 153-157 0C 69. 4-(1-Amino-1-methyl-ethyl)-N-[4-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]- benzamide trifluoracetate mp: foam
70. 3-(2-Amino-ethyl)-W-[4-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-benzamide trifluoroacetate mp: 237-239 "C
71. N-[4-(6-Dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-4-(2- methoxyethylamino)benzamide trifluoroacetate mp: > 250 0C
72. 4-Aminomethyl-Λ/-[4-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-2- fluorobenzamide mp: >200 0C (decomposition)
73. 6-Aminomethyl-pyridin-2-carbonsaure-[4-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)- phenyl] -amide mp: 183-186 0C
74. 5-Aminomethyl-N-[4-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-nicotinamide mp: 184 0C (decomposition)
75. 3-Amino-W-[4-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-yIamino)-phenyl]-2-(3,4-dichIoro-phenyl)- propionamide trifluoroacetate mp: 195-2050C
76. 3-Amino-W-[3-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-2-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)- propionamide trifluoroacetat mp: 138-145 0C
Starting from the appropriate starting compounds which are mentioned herein, which are known from the art or which are accessible in an art-known manner, the following examples can be prepared analogously or similarly to the described examples:
77. 5-Aminomethyl-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid [4-(6-dibenzofuran~4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)- phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate mp: 164-170 0C 78. 1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-isoquinoline-6-carboxylic acid [4-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4- ylamino)-phenyl]-amide trifluoroacetate mp: 1460C Starting Compounds
A1. N-(6-Dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-yI)-benzene-1 ,4-diamine trifluoroacetate tert-Butyl N-[4-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl] carbamate (compound B1) (5.0 g, 11.1 mmol) is stirred in a mixture of 5 ml trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) and 50 ml dichloromethane at ambient temperature for 6 h. The solid is filtered and washed with dichloromethane. Yield: 3.8 g (77 %) mp: 215-220 0C 1H-NMR (DMSO-de): δ/ppm = 7.95 (1 H, s, C6-H); 8.24 (1 H, d, Cbenzoiurane-H); 8.31 (1 H, d, Ctenzotone- H); 8.35 (1 H, d, CbenzofuranΘ-H); 8.85 (1 H, s, C2-H); 10.43 (2 H, s, NH2). 13C-NMR (DMSO-d6): δ/ppm = 105.17 (C5); 111.53; 114.06; 116.94; 118.44; 119.68; 121.20; 122.76; 122.89; 123.33; 123.47; 124.71; 126.62; 127.49; 127.97; 138.04; 152.81; 154.89; 155.10; 157.92 (q, CF3COOH); 161.02.
A2. N-(6-Dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-yl)-benzen-1,3-diamine trifluoroacetate The compound is prepared analogously to the para example above (Example A1). mp: 142-1460C
A3. N*3*-(6-Dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-yl)-4-methyl-benzol-1,3-diamine (6-Dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-yl)-(2-methyl-5-nitro-phenyl)-amine (compound B3) (820 mg, 2.07 mmol) is dissolved in DMF (50 mL), Pt/C (164 mg, 10 % R) is added and the mixture is hydrogenated for 20 h. After standard workup, the crude product is purified by flash chromatography. Yield: 422 mg (56 %) mp: 255-257 °C
Unless otherwise noted, the following compounds A4 and A5 are prepared analogously to the amide coupling example above (Example 1) starting from compound A1 and the appropriate art-known benzoic acid derivatives.
A4. tert-Butyl 7-[4-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yI-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyIcarbamoyl]-3,4-dihydro- 1 H-isochinolin-2-carboxylate mp: 235-238 0C
A5. tert-Butyl N-[2-[4-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenylcarbamoyl]-2-(3,4- dichlorophenyl)-ethyl] -carbamate mp: 208-214 0C A6. tert-Butyl N-p-IS-te-dibenzofuran^-yl-pyrimidin^-ylaminoJ-phenylcarbamoyll^-tS^- d ich lorophenyl)-ethy I] -carbamate The title compound is prepared analogously to the amide coupling example above (Example 1) starting from compound A2 and the appropriate art-known benzoic acid derivative, mp: 90-95 0C
B1. tert-Butyl N-[4-(6-dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl] carbamate tert-Butyl N-[4-(6-chloropyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl] carbamate (compound C1) (10.1 g, 31 mmol) and 4-dibenzofurane boronic acid (9.96 g, 47 mmol) are heated in dimethoxyethane (500 mL) under an inert atmosphere with dichloro-bis(tricyclohexylphosphine)-palladium(ll) (2.28 g, 3.1 mmol) and an aqueous Na2CO3-solution (32.8 g in 310 mL of water) for 4 h at 80 0C. After evaporation and extraction of the residue, the product is purified by crystallization. Yield: 9.5 g (67 %) mp: 222-226 0C 1H-NMR (DMSOd6): δ/ppm = 1.49 (9 H, s, (CH3)3); 7.87 (1 H, s, C5-H); 8.24 (1 H, d, Cbenzofurane-H); 8.30 (1 H, d, Cbenzofυrane-H); 8.35 (1 H, d, CbenZofuranB-H); 8.73 (1 H, s, C2-H); 9.27 (1 H, s, NH); 9.73 (1 H, S, NH). 13C-NMR (DMSO-d6): δ/ppm = 28.15 (C(CH3)3); 78.70 (C(CHg)3); 105.17 (C5); 111.39; 118.51; 120.71 ; 120.86; 121.30; 121.59; 122.85; 123.15; 123.29; 124.47; 126.52; 127.71; 133.86; 134.48; 152.56; 152.92; 155.00: 156.72; 157.95; 160.71.
B2. tert-Butyl [3-(6-dibenzofurane-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-carbamate The compound is prepared analogously to the para example above (Example B1 ). mp: 234-250 0C 1H-NMR (DMSOd6): δ/ppm = 1.52 (9 H, s; (C(CH3)3); 7.17 (2 H, m); 8.22 (1 H, d,
Figure imgf000054_0001
8.27 (1 H, d, CBenzofυrane-H); 8.45 (1 H, d, CBen∞furane-H); 8.76 (1 H, s); 9.77 (1 H, s, NH); 9.82 (1 H, s, NH). 13C-NMR (DMSOd6): δ/ppm = 27.85 (C(CH3)3); 78.47 (C(CH3)3); 105.77 (C2); 152.48; 153.25; 155.28 (CBenzofurane); 156.99 (CBenzofurane); 157.70; 160.99 (CBecαofuranβ).
B3. (6-Dibenzofuran-4-yl-pyrimidin-4-yl)-(2-methyl-5-nitro-phenyl)-amine An aqueous Na2CO3-solution (11.0 g, 104 mmol carbonate in 104 mL of water) is stirred with (6- chloropyrimidin-4-yl)-(2-methyl-5-nitro-phenyl)-amine (compound C3) (2.80 g, 10.6 mmol), 4- dibenzofuranboronic acid (3.36 g , 15.9 mmol) and bistriphenylphosphinpalladiumdichloride (0.74 g, 1.1 mmol) in ethylenglycoledimethylether (168 mL). The mixture is heated to 80 °C. After 1 h the mixture is cooled and filtered. The product is purified by flash silica gel chromatography. Yield: 2.00 g (48 %) mp: 210-213 0C
C1. tert-Butyl N-[4-(6-chloropyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl] carbamate 4,6-Dichloropyrimidine (14.89 g, 0.1 mol), N-Boc-1,4-phenylenediamine (20.83 g, 0.1 mol) and diisopropylethylamine (17.11 mL, 0.1 mol) are heated in n-butanol (160 mL) for 20 h at 90 0C. After evaporation, the residue is extracted and purified by crystallization. Yield: 25.5 g (80 %) mp: 165-166 0C 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): δ/ppm = 1.47 (9 H, s, (CH3)3); 6.89 (1 H, s, C5-H); 7.43 (4 H, s, Ar); 8.40 (1 H, s, C2-H); 9.28 (1 H, s, NH); 9.69 (1 H, s, NH). 13C-NMR (DMSO-d6): δ/ppm = 28.11 (C(CH3)3); 79.01 (C(CHg)3); 103.93 (C5); 118.44; 121.30; 132.65; 135.22; 152.47; 157.52; 158.14; 161.02.
C2. tert-Butyl [3-(6-chloropyrimidin-4-ylamino)-phenyl]-carbamate Starting from tha appropriate starting compound, the title compound is prepared analogously to the Example C1. mp: 107-111 0C 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): δ/ppm = 1.48 (9 H, s; (C(CH3)3); 6.80 (1 H, s); 7.11 (1 H, d); 7.22 (1 H, t); 7.37 (1 H, d); 7.68 (1 H, s); 8.44 (1 H, s); 9.37 (1 H, s, NH); 9.81 (1 H, s, NH). 13C-NMR (DMSO-d6): δ/ppm = 28.09 (C(CH3)3); 78.89 (C(CH3)3); 104.56 (C2); 110.08 113.23; 114.23; 128.67; 138.80; 139.76; 152.40; 157.63; 158.06; 160.97.
C3. (6-Chloropyrimidin-4-yl)-(2-methyl-5-nitro-phenyl)-amine 4,6-Dichloropyrimidine (5.37 g, 36.0 mmol) and 2-methyl-5-nitroaniline (5.48 g, 36.0 mmol) are heated in n-butanol (58 mL) with diisopropylethylamine (4.66 g, 36 mmol) for 3 days at 110 0C. The mixture is evaporated and the product is purified by standard methods. Yield: 3.1 g (27 %) mp: 128-130 0C
D1. 4-[(tert-Butoxycarbonyl-methyl-amino)-methyl] -benzoic acid To 4-methylaminomethyl-benzoic acid (compound E1) (2.55 g, 15.4 mmol) in tetrahydrofurane (THF) (93 mL) are added triethylamine (1.72 g, 17.0 mmol) und Boc-anhydride (BoC2O) (4.04 g, 18.5 mmol). After 1 h at ambient temperature the residue is purified by flash chromatography. Yield: 1.5 g (37 %) mp: 131-133 0C
D2. 6-(tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-methyl)-nicotinic acid To a solution of 6-aminomethyl-nicotinic acid hydrochloride (compound E2) (5.35 g, 28.3 mmol) in aqueous 1N NaOH (60 mL) and te/f-butanol (40 mL) is added Boc-anhydride (BoC2O) (6.20 g, 28.4 mmol) and the mixture is stirred overnight. After evaporation of the solvents the product is isolated by standard methods. Yield: 3.57 g (50 %) mp: 145-147 0C
D3. 2-(tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-methyl)-isonicotinic acid Starting from compound E3, the title compound is prepared analogously to the Example D2. mp: 2070C
D4. ^-(tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-methylJ-phenyrj-acetic acid Starting from the appropriate art-known starting compound, the title compound is prepared analogously to the Example D2. mp: 89-91 0C
D5. 4-(1-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-1-methyl-ethyl)-benzoic acid Starting from compound E4, the title compound is prepared analogously to the Example D2. mp: 205-208 0C
D6. 3-(2-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-ethyl)-benzoic acid Ethyl 3-cyanomethyl-benzoate (compound E5) (7.15 g, 41 mmol) is dissolved in ethanol (200 mL) and concentrated hydrochloric acid (5 mL), Pd/C (2 g) is added and the mixture is hydrogenated at 3 bar hydrogen pressure for 24 h. Afterwards, the mixture is filtered, evaporated and the residue is treated with methanol (120 mL) and aqueous 2N NaOH (50 mL, 0.1 mol) and heated 6 h at 40 0C, filtered and the filtrate treated with aqueous 2N hydrochloric acid (32 mL, 64 mmol). Boc-anhydride (BoC2O) (9.81 g, 45 mmol) and tertbutanol are added and stirred for 16 h at ambient temperature. The mixture is evaporated, tiae residue is extracted with dichloromethane/ethyl acetate (1:1 , 3 x 30 mt») and water. After evaporation the organic phase is purified by flash chromatography. Yield: 1.73 g (16 %) mp: 121-123 0C
D7. 4-[tert-Butoxycarbonyl-(2-methoxyethyl)-amino]-benzoic acid To 2-methoxy-ethyl 4-[ferf-butoxycarbonyl-(2-methoxyethyl)-amino]-benzoate (compound E6) (1.37 g, 3.9 mmol) in methanol (60 mL) is added aqueous 2N NaOH (30 mL, 60 mmol) and the solution is stirred 16 h at ambient temperature. By using an aqueous 2N hydrochloric acid solution the pH is adjusted to 4, methanol is evaporated and the water phase is extracted with CH2CI2 (4 x 15 mL). After drying (MgSO4) and evaporation the crude product is transferred to the next step without any further purification. Yield: 1.11 g (49 %), colorless oil
D8. 4-(tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-rnethyl)-2-fluorobenzoic acid 4-Cyano-2-fluorobenzoic acid (1.965 g, 11.9 mmol) is dissolved in ethanol and chloroform, Pd/C (5 %, 700 mg) is added and hydrogenated for 6 h. The mixture is filtered and evaporated. The residue is dissolveed in aqueous 2N NaOH (12 mL, 24 mmol) and tertbutanol (15 mL) and Boc-anhydride (BoC2O) (2.84 g, 13 mmol) is added. After reaction, the mixture is evaporated and after work up the resulting product is filtered. Yield 2.27 g (71 %) mp: 125-127 0C (decomposition)
D9. 6-(tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-methyl)-pyridine 2-carboxylic acid Starting from compound E7 the title compound is prepared analogously to the Example D2. mp: 238-240 0C
D10. 5-(tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-methyl)-nicotinic acid Starting from compound E8, the title compound is prepared analogously to the Example D2.
E1. 4-MethyIaminomethyl-benzoic acid 4-Bromomethyl-benzoic acid (5 g, 22.8 mmol) is treated with a methylamine solution (40 %, 75 ml_, 867 mmol) for 4 days at ambient temperature. The resulting mixture is evaporated and the residue purified by flash chromatography. Yield: 66 % mp: 250-2550C
E2. 6-Aminomethyl-nicotinic acid hydrochloride 6-Cyano-nicotinic acid (1 g, 6.7 mmol) is dissolved in ethanol (100 mL) and chloroform (2 mL) and hydrogenated at 3 bar hydrogen pressure for 5 h using palladium on charcoal as catalyst. After βfiltration of the catalyst the product is isolated by evaporation of the solvent. Yield: 0.54 g (43 %)
E3. 2-Aminomethyl-isonicotinic acid hydrochloride Starting from tha appropriate starting compound, the title compound is prepared analogously to the Example E2.
E4. 4-(1-Amino-1-methyl-ethyl)-benzoic acid hydrochloride Ethyl 4-(1-formylamino-1-methyl-ethyl)-benzoate (2.97 g, 12.6mmol) is added to a mixture of water (30 mL), dioxane (15 mL) and concentrated hydrochloric acid (3.01 mL, 36.1 mmol) and the mixture is heated to 100 0C for 12 h. The reaction mixture is evaporated and the residue is crystallized from ethanol. Yield: 2.15 g (79 %) mp: 310-^318 0C
E5. Methyl 3-cyanomethyl-benzoate To methyl 3-bromomethyl-benzoate (25.28 g, 0.11 mol) in acetonitrile (230 mL) is added potassium cyanide (14.3 g, 0.22 mmol) and 18-crown-6 (1.00 g, 2.6 mmol) and the mixture is heated to reflux for 24 h. After filtration, the crude product is transferred to the next step without any further purification. Yield: 18.5 g (96 %)
E6. 2-Methoxy-ethyl 4-[fert-butoxycarbonyl-(2-methoxyethyl)-amino]-benzoate To 2-methoxyethyl 4-(2-methoxy-ethylamino)-benzoate (compound F1) (1.93 g, 7.6 mmol) are added Boc-anhydride (BoC2O) (2.28 g, 10.5 mmol) and the mixture is heated to 50 0C for 30 h. After cooling the mixture is chromatographed on silica gel. Yield: 1.37 g (51 %), colorless oil
E7. e-Aminomethyl-pyridine^-carboxylic acid hydrochloride
Figure imgf000058_0001
acid (compound F2) (250 mg, 1.6 mmol) is dissolved in ethanol (100 mL), concentrated hydrochloric acid (1 mL) and Pd/C (150 mg) are added and the mixture is hydrogenated at 3 bar hydrogen pressure for 6 h. The catalyst is filtered of and the crude product is transferred to the next step without any purification. Yield: 255 mg (85 %) mp: 214-221 0C
E8. 5-AminomethyI-nicotinic acid A mixture of 5-carbamoyl-nicotinic acid (compound F3) (5.00 g) and phosphorus oxychloride (50 mL, 0.55 mol) is heated to 100 0C for 5 h. After usual workup the crude product is dissolved in ethanol acidified with hydrochloric acid and hydrogenated with the use of Pd/C (1.00 g, 5 % Pd) at 4 bar hydrogen pressure for 16 h. After filtration of the catalyst, the mixture is evaporated, and the residue is treated with ethanol and extracted several times with chloroform. Yield: 0.21 g (5 %)
F1. Methoxyethyl 4-(2-methoxy-ethylamino)-benzoate To 4-aminobenzoic acid (4.11 g, 30.0 mmol) and 2-chloroethyl-methyl-ether (17.01 g, 180 mmol) in DMF (60 mL) are added potassium carbonate (41.4 g, 0.30 mol) and potassium iodide (1.25 g, 7.5 mmol) and the mixture is heated to reflux for 24 h. After cooling the salt is filtered of and the filtrate is evaporated. The residue is extracted with water (30 mL) and TBME (100 mL), the TBME-phase is dried and evaporated. The resulting oil is purified by chromatography. Yield: 4.60 g (60 %), yellowish oil
F2. 6-Cyano-pyridine 2-carboxylic acid 6-Carbamoyl-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (compound G1) (500 mg, 3 mmol) and phosphorus oxychloride (POCI3) (15 mL) are heated to reflux temperature for 2 h. The mixture is worked up in the usual manner and the crude product is further used without any purification. Yield: 280 mg (63 %) mp: 180-181 0C
F3. 5-Carbamoyl-nicotinic acid Monobenzyl pyridine-3,5-dicarboxylate (compound G2) (1.92 g, 7.5 mmol) is heated in aqueous concentrated ammonia solution (40 ml_, 25%) to 90 0C for 6h. After cooling, the solution is evaporated and the residue is used as crude product without further purification. Yield: 1.46 g mp: 288 0C
G1. e-Carbamoyl-pyridine^-carboxylic acid Monobenzyl pyridine-2,6-dicarboxylate (compound H1) (1 g, 3.8 mmol) and aqueous 25-% ammonia solution (40 mL) are heated to 90 0C for 6 h. After cooling the mixture is evaporated and washed with ether. Yield: 800 mg mp: 231 0C
G2. Monobenzyl pyridine-3,5-dicarboxylate A mixture of pyridine-3,5-dicarboxylic acid (10.0 g, 60 mmol), benzyl alcohol (69 mL, 0.67 mol), water (24 mL) and sulfuric acid (3.3 mL) is heated 2 h at reflux temperature. The mixture is added to aqueous saturated NaHCO3-solution (600 mL) and the water-phase is extracted with dichloromethane (4 x 100 mL). The water phase is adjusted to pH 3.8 and the resulting solid is filtered. Yield: 1.99 g (13 %) m H1. Monobenzyl pyridine-2,6-dicarboxylate Pyridine 2,6-dicarboxylic acid (16.7 g, 0.1 mol) and benzyl alcohol (115 mL, 1.0 mol) are heated in sulfuric acid (5.5 mL) and water (40 mL) for 2 h at reflux temperature. After cooling the solution is neutralized with aqueous NaHCO3-Lόsung (ca. 1 L) and extracted with chloroform. The water phase is acidified and extracted with chloroform (250 mL), the organic phase is dried and evaporated. The residue is treated with diethyl ether and the resulting solid is filtered. Yield: 1i99 g (8 %) mp: 137-1380C Commercial utility
The compounds according to the present invention have valuable pharmacological properties, which can make them commercially applicable. Thus, for example, they inhibit protein kinases, in particular one or more isoforms of the protein kinase B (PKB)/Akt, and exhibit cellular activity; and they are expected to be commercially applicable in the therapy of diseases responsive to the inhibition thereof.
Protein kinase means an enzyme with an activity towards the hydroxyl group of tyrosine, serine or threonine residues within a substrate protein. In particular protein kinases catalyse the hydrolysis theγ phosphate of ATP and transfer of this phosphate on the hydroxyl group of tyrosine, serine or threonine residues forming a phosphate ester linkage.
Inhibition of protein kinases and analogous terms means inhibiting the activity and function of one or more protein kinases, in particular protein kinases selected from a group of kinases with pathophysiological importance for cancer treatment. Within this group of kinases, the protein kinase B (PKB) / Akt with the isoforms Akt1 (PKBα), Akt2 (PKB β) and Akt3 (PKB γ) is of particular importance. Inhibition of PKB/Akt activity and analogous terms means either a direct or indirect (pathway dependent) inhibition of the PKB/Akt kinase activity.
Particularly interesting in the meaning of this invention are also those compounds of this invention, which are selective in inhibition of the protein kinase B (PKB) / Akt or one or more isoforms thereof, or a selection of protein kinases most relevant or causative involved in a disease state, in particular in cancer; this means that those compounds exhibit greater inhibition against said protein kinase(s), when compared to the compounds inhibition of the activity of other protein kinases like protein kinase A (PKA).
Cellular activity and analogous terms of a protein kinase inhibitor means any cellular effect related to protein kinase inhibition, in particular dephosphorylation of defined substrate proteins causing, as an example, induction of apoptosis or chemosensitization. Chemosensitization and analogous terms is understood in a broad sense as sensitizing neoplastic cells for apoptotic stimuli in general. These stimuli include, for example, effectors of death receptor and survival pathways as well as cytotoxic / chemotherapeutic and targeted agents and finally also radiation. Induction of apoptosis and analogous terms are used to identify a compound which excecutes programmed cell death in cells contacted with that compound or in combination with other compounds routinely used for therapy. "Apoptosis" is defined by complex biochemical events within the contacted cell, such as the activation of cystein specific proteinases ("caspases") and the fragmentation of chromatin. Induction of apoptosis in cells contacted with the compound might not necessarily coupled with inhibition of cell proliferation. Preferably, the inhibition of proliferation and/or induction of apoptosis are specific to cells with aberrant cell growth. Further on, the compounds according to the present invention inhibit protein kinase activity in cells and tissues, causing a shift towards dephosphorylated substrate proteins and as functional consequence, for example the induction of apoptosis, cell cycle arrest or sensitization towards chemotherapeutic or target-specific cancer drugs. In a preferred embodiment, specific inhibition of PKB/Akt induces cellular effects as mentioned herein alone or in combination with standard cytotoxic or targeted cancer drugs.
Compounds according to the present invention exhibit anti-proliferative and/or pro-apoptotic and/or chemosensitizing properties. Accordingly the compounds of the present invention are useful for treatment of malignant cells. Therefore the compounds of the present invention are expected for use in the production of an anti-proliferative and/or pro-apoptotic and/or chemosensitizing effect in mammals such as human being.
Thus, the compounds according to the present invention can be commercially applicable for treating, ameliorating or preventing diseases of benign or malignant behaviour as described herein, such as e.g. for inhibiting cellular neoplasia.
A "neoplasia" is defined by cells displaying aberrant cell proliferation and/or survival and/or a block in differentiation. A benign neoplasia is described by hyperproliferation of cells, incapable of forming an aggressive, metastasizing tumor in-vivo. In contrast, a malignant neoplasia is described by cells with multiple cellular and biochemical abnormalities, capable of forming a systemic disease, for example forming tumor metastasis in distant organs.
The compounds according to the present invention can be preferably used for the treatment of malignant neoplasia, also described as cancer, characterized by tumor cells finally metastasizing into distinct organs or tissues. EExamples of malignant neoplasia treatable with the compounds according to the present invention include solid and haematological tumors. Solid tumors can be exemplified by tumors of the breast, bladder, bone, brain, central and peripheral nervus system, colon, endocrine glands (e.g. thyroid and adrenal cortex), esophagus, endometrium, germ cells, head and neck, kidney, liver, lung, larynx and hypopharynx, mesothelioma, ovary, pancreas, prostate, rectum, renal, small intestine, soft tissue, testis, stomach, skin, ureter, vagina and vulva. Malignant neoplasia include inherited cancers exemplified by Retinoblastoma and Wilms tumor. In addition, malignant neoplasia include primary tumors in said organs and corresponding secondary tumors in distant organs ("tumor metastases"). Hematological tumors can bee exemplified by aggressive and indolent forms of leukemia and lymphoma, namely non-Hodgkins disease, chronic and acute myeloid leukemia (CML / AML), acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL), Hodgkins disease, multiple myeloma and T-cell lymphoma. Also included are myelodysplastic syndrome, plasma cell neoplasia, paraneoplastic syndromes, cancers of unknown primary site as well as AIDS related malignancies. It is to be noted that a cancer disease as well as a malignant neoplasia does not necessarily require the formation of metastases in distant organs. Certain tumors exert devastating effects on the primary organ itself through their aggressive growth properties. These can lead to the destruction of the tissue and organ structure finally resulting in failure of the assigned organ function.
Neoplastic cell proliferation might also effect normal cell behaviour and organ function. For example the formation of new blood vessels, a process described as neovascularization, is induced by tumors or tumor metastases. The compounds according to this invention will commercially applicable for treatment of pathophysiological relevant processes caused by benign or neoplastic cell proliferation, such as but not limited to neovascularization by unphysiological proliferation of vascular endothelial cells.
Drug resistance is of particular importance for the frequent failure of standard cancer therapeutics. This drug resistance is caused by various cellular and molecular mechanisms. One aspect of drug resistance is caused by constitutive activation of anti-apoptotic survival signals with PKB/Akt as a key signalling kinase. Inhibition of PKB/Akt might lead to a resensitization towards standard chemotherapeutic or target specific cancer therapeutics. As a consequence, the commercial applicability of the compounds according to the present invention is not limited to 1st line treatment of cancer patients. In a preferred embodiment of this invention, cancer patients with resistance to cancer chemotherapeutics or target specific anti-cancer drugs are also amenable for treatment with these compounds for e.g. 2nd or 3rd line treatment cycles. In particular, the compounds according to the present invention might be used in combination with standard chemotherapeutic or targeted drugs to resensitize tumors towards these agents.
In the context of their properties, functions and usabilities mentioned herein, the compounds according to the present invention are expected to be distinguished by valuable and desirable effects related therewith, such as e.g. by low toxicity, superior bioavailability in general (such as e.g. good enteral absorption), superior therapeutic window, absence of significant side effects, and/or further beneficial effects related with their therapeutic and pharmaceutical suitability.
The present invention further includes a method for treating mammals, including humans, which are suffering from one of the abovementioned conditions, illnesses, disorders or diseases. The method is characterized in that a pharmacologically active and therapeutically effective and tolerable amount of one or more of compounds according to the present invention is administered to the subject in need of such treatment.
The present invention further includes a method for treating, preventing or ameliorating diseases responsive to inhibition of protein kinases, in particular PKB/Akt, in a mammal, including human, comprising administering a pharmacologically active and therapeutically effective and tolerable amount of one or more of compounds according to the present invention to said mammal. The present invention further includes a method for treating (hyper)proliferative diseases of benign or malignant behaviour and/or disorders responsive to induction of apoptosis, such as e.g. cancer, particularly any of those cancer diseases described above, in a mammal, including human, comprising administering a pharmacologically active and therapeutically effective and tolerable amount of one or more of compounds according to the present invention to said mammal.
The present invention further includes a method for inhibiting cellular (hyper)proliferation or arresting aberrant cell growth in a mammal, including human, comprising administering a pharmacologically active and therapeutically effective and tolerable amount of one or more of compounds according to the present invention to said mammal.
The present invention further includes a method for inducing apoptosis in cells of aberrant cell growth in a mammal, including human, comprising administering a pharmacologically active and therapeutically effective and tolerable amount of one or more of compounds according to the present invention to said mammal.
The present invention further includes a method for modulating protein kinase activity, inhibiting cell proliferation and/or inducing apoptosis in vivo in the treatment of diseases which are responsive thereto, such as e.g. any of those diseases mentioned above, in a mammal, including human, comprising administering a pharmacologically active and therapeutically effective and tolerable amount of one or more of compounds according to the present invention to said mammal.
The present invention further includes a method for treating malignant neoplasia, such as e.g. cancer, by sensitising towards chemotherapeutic or target-specific anti-cancer drugs in a mammal, including human, comprising administering a pharmacologically active and therapeutically effective and tolerable amount of one or more of compounds according to the present invention to said mammal.
The present invention further relates to a method for treating benign and/or malignant neoplasia, such as, for example, any of those diseases mentioned herein, such as e.g. cancer, in a mammal, including human, comprising administering a pharmacologically active and therapeutically effective and tolerable amount of one or more of compounds according to the present invention to said mammal.
The present invention further includes a method for sensitizing towards chemotherapeutic or target- specific anti-cancer agents in a mammal, including human, comprising administering a pharmacologically active and therapeutically effective and tolerable amount of one or more of the compounds according to the present invention to said mammal.
The present invention further relates to the use of the compounds according to the present invention for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions which can be used in the treatment, prevention or amelioration of diseases responsive to protein kinase inhibitor treatment, in particular PKB/Akt inhibitor treatment, such as e.g. those diseases mentioned herein, in particular cancer.
The present invention further relates to the use of the compounds according to the present invention for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions which can be used in the treatment, prevention or amelioration of diseases responsive to arresting of aberrant cell growth and/or inducing of apoptosis, such as e.g. those diseases mentioned herein, in particular cancer.
The present invention further relates to the use of the compounds according to the present invention for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions which can be used in the treatment, prevention or amelioration of hyperproliferative diseases of benign or malignant behaviour and/or disorders responsive to the induction of apoptosis in a mammal, such as e.g. those diseases mentioned herein, in particular cancer.
The present invention further relates to the use of the compounds according to the present invention for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions which can be used in the treatment of benign and/or malignant neoplasia, such as e.g. cancer.
The present invention further relates to the use of compounds according to the present invention for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions which can be used for sensitizing towards chemotherapeutic or target specific anti-cancer agents.
w. The present invention further relates to the use of compounds according Jo the present invention for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions which can be used for sensitizing towards radiation therapy of those diseases mentioned herein, particularly cancer.
The present invention further relates to the use of the compounds according to the present invention for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions, which can be used in the treatment of diseases sensitive to protein kinase inhibitor therapy and different to cellular neoplasia. These non-malignant diseases include, but are not limited to benign prostate hyperplasia, neurofibromatosis, and dermatoses.
The present invention further relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more of the compounds according to this invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
The present invention further relates to combinations comprising one or more of the compounds according to this invention and pharmaceutically acceptable auxiliaries, excipients or vehicles, e.g. for use in the treatment, prevention or amelioration of (hyper)proliferative diseases of benign or malignant behaviour and/or disorders responsive to the induction of apoptosis in a mammal, such as e.g. cancer. The present invention further relates to a composition consisting essentially of a therapeutically effective and tolerable amount of one or more compounds according to this invention together with the usual pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles, diluents and/or excipients for use in therapy, e.g. for treating diseases sensitive to inhibition of protein kinases, in particular PKB/Akt.
The present invention further relates to compounds according to this invention for use in therapy, such as, for example, in the treatment, prevention or amelioration of diseases sensitive to inhibition of protein kinases, in particular PKB/Akt, such as e.g. (hyper)proliferative diseases of benign or malignant behaviour and/or disorders responsive to the induction of apoptosis, such as e.g. those diseases mentioned herein, particularly cancer.
The present invention further relates to compounds according to the present invention for use in therapy, in particular in the therapy of those diseases mentioned herein.
The present invention further relates to compounds according to this invention having protein kinases inhibiting properties, in particular PKB/Akt inhibiting properties.
The present invention further relates to compounds according to this invention having antiproliferative and/or apoptosis inducing activity.
Additionally, the invention relates to an article of manufacture, which comprises packaging material and a pharmaceutical agent contained within said packaging material, wherein the pharmaceutical agent is therapeutically effective for inhibiting the effects of protein, kinases, in particular inhibition the protein kinase B /Akt, ameliorating the symptoms of a protein kinase mediated disorder, and wherein the packaging material comprises a label or package insert which indicates that the pharmaceutical agent is useful for preventing or treating protein kinase mediated disorders, and wherein said pharmaceutical agent comprises one or more compounds according to the invention. The packaging material, label and package insert otherwise parallel or resemble what is generally regarded as standard packaging material, labels and package inserts for pharmaceuticals having related utilities.
The pharmaceutical compositions according to this invention are prepared by processes which are known per se and familiar to the person skilled in the art. As pharmaceutical compositions, the compounds of the invention (= active compounds) are either employed as such, or preferably in combination with suitable pharmaceutical auxiliaries and/or excipients, e.g. in the form of tablets, coated tablets, capsules, caplets, suppositories, patches (e.g. as TTS), emulsions, suspensions, gels or solutions, the active compound content advantageously being between 0.1 and 95% and where, by the appropriate choice of the auxiliaries and/or excipients, a pharmaceutical administration form (e.g. a delayed release form or an enteric form) exactly suited to the active compound and/or to the desired onset of action can be achieved. The person skilled in the art is familiar with auxiliaries, vehicles, excipients, diluents, carriers or adjuvants which are suitable for the desired pharmaceutical formulations, preparations or compositions on account of his/her expert knowledge. In addition to solvents, gel formers, ointment bases and other active compound excipients, for example antioxidants, dispersants, emulsifiers, pre¬ servatives, solubilizers, colorants, complexing agents or permeation promoters, can be used.
Depending upon the particular disease, to be treated or prevented, additional therapeutic active agents, which are normally administered to treat or prevent that disease, may optionally be coadministered with the compounds according to this invention. As used herein, additional therapeutic agents that are normally administered to treat or prevent a particular disease are known as appropriate for the disease being treated.
For example, the compounds according to this invention may be combined with one or more standard therapeutic agents used for treatment of the diseases as mentioned before. In one particular embodiment, the compounds according to the present invention may be combined with one or more art-known anti-cancer agents, such as e.g. with one or more chemotherapeutic and/or target specific anti-cancer agents.
Examples of known chemotherapeutic anti-cancer agents used in cancer therapy include, but not are limited to (i) alkylating/carbamylating agents such as Cyclophosphamid (Endoxan®), lfosfamid (Holoxan®), Thiotepa (Thiothepa Lederle®), Melphalan (Alkeran®), or chloroethylnitrosourea (BCNU); (ii) platinum derivatives like cis-platin (Platinex® BMS), oxaliplatin or carboplatin (Carboplat® BMS); (iii) antimitotic agents / tubulin inhibitors such as vinca1 alkaloids (vincristine, vinblastine, vinorelbine, vinflunine), taxanes such as Taxol (Paclitaxel®), Taxotere (Docetaxel®) and analogs as well as new formulations and conjugates thereof, epothilones such as Epothilone B (Patupilone®), Azaepothilone (Ixabepilone®) or ZK-EPO, a fully synthetic epothilone B analog; (iv) topoisomerase inhibitors such as anthracyclines such as Doxorubicin (Adriblastin®), epipodophyllotoxines such as Etoposide (Etopophos®) and camptothecin analogs such as Topotecan (Hycamtin®); (v) pyrimidine antagonists such as 5-fluorouracil (5-FU), Capecitabine (Xeloda®), Arabinosylcytosine / Cytarabin (Alexan®) or Gemcitabine (Gemzar®); (vi) purin antagonists such as 6-mercaptopurine (Puri-Nethol®), 6- thioguanine or fludarabine (Fludara®) and finally (vii) folic acid antagonists such as methotrexate (Farmitrexat®) and pemetrexed (Alimta®).
Examples of target specific anti-cancer drug classes used in experimental or standard cancer therapy include but are not limited to (i) kinase inhibitors such as e.g. Glivec (Imatinib®), ZD-1839 / lressa (Gefitinib®), Bay43-9006 (Sorafenib®), SU11248 (Sutent®) or OSI-774 / Tarceva (Eriotinib®); (ii) proteasome inhibitors such as PS-341 (Velcade®); (iii) heat shock protein 90 inhibitors like 17- allylaminogeldanamycin (17-AAG); (iv) vascular targeting agents (VTAs) like Cobretastatin A4 phosphate or AVE8062 / AC7700 and anti-angiogenic drugs like the VEGF antibody Avastin (Bevacizumab®) or the KDR tyrosin kinase inhibitor PTK787 / ZK222584 (Vatalanib®); (v) monoclonal antibodies such as Herceptin (Trastuzumab®), MabThera / Rituxan (Rituximab®), C225/Erbitux (Cetuximab®) or Avastin (see above) as well as mutants as well as conjugates of monoclonal antibodies and antibody fragments; (vi) oligonucleotide based therapeutics like G-3139 / Genasense (Oblimersen®); (vii) protease inhibitors; (viii) hormonal therapeutics such as anti-estrogens (e.g. Tamoxifen), anti-androgens (e.g. Flutamide or Casodex), LHRH analogs (e.g. Leuprolide, Goserelin or Triptorelin) and aromatase inhibitors; (ix) Toll-like receptor 9 (TLR9) agonists like Promune® and (x) inhibitors of class l/ll histone deacetylases (HDACs), namely SAHA, NVP-LBH589, Depsipeptide / FK228 or MS275.
Other known target specific anti-cancer agents which can be used for combination therapy include bleomycin, retinoids such as all-trans retinoic acid (ATRA), DNA methyltransferase inhibitors such as the 2-deoxycytidine derivative Decitabine (Docagen®), alanosine, cytokines such as interleukin-2 or interferons such as interferon α2 or interferon-γ, TRAIL, DR4/5 agonistic antibodies, FasL and TNF-R agonists.
As exemplary anti-cancer agents for use in the combination therapy according to the present invention the following drugs may be mentioned, without being restricted thereto, 5 FU, actinomycin D, ABARELIX, ABCIXIMAB, ACLARUBICIN, ADAPALENE, ALEMTUZUMAB, ALTRETAMINE, AMINOGLUTETHIMIDE, AMIPRILOSE, AMRUBICIN, ANASTROZOLE, ANCITABINE, ARTEMISININ, AZATHIOPRINE, BASILIXIMAB, BENDAMUSTINE, BEXXAR, BICALUTAMIDE, BLEOMYCIN, BROXURIDINE, BUSULFAN, CAPECITABINE, CARBOPLATIN, CARBOQUONE, CARMUSTINE, CETRORELIX, CHLORAMBUCIL, CHLORMETHINE, CiSPLATiN, CLADRIIINE, CLOMIFENE, CYCLOPHOSPHAMIDE, DACARBAZINE, DACLIZUMAB, DACTINOMYCIN, DAUNORUBICIN, DESLORELIN, DEXRAZOXANE, DOCETAXEL, DOXIFLURIDINE, DOXORUBICIN, DROLOXIFENE, DROSTANOLONE, EDELFOSINE, EFLORNITHINE, EMITEFUR, EPIRUBICIN, EPITIOSTANOL, EPTAPLATIN, ERBITUX, ESTRAMUSTINE, ETOPOSIDE, EXEMESTANE, FADROZOLE, FINASTERIDE, FLOXURIDINE, FLUCYTOSINE, FLUDARABINE, FLUOROURACIL, FLUTAMIDE, FORMESTANE, FOSCARNET, FOSFESTROL, FOTEMUSTINE, FULVESTRANT, GEFITINIB, GEMCITABINE, GLIVEC, GOSERELIN, GUSPERIMUS, HERCEPTIN, IDARUBICIN, IDOXURIDINE, IFOSFAMIDE, IMATINIB1 IMPROSULFAN, INFLIXIMAB, IRINOTECAN, LANREOTIDE, LETROZOLE, LEUPRORELIN, LOBAPLATIN, LOMUSTINE, MELPHALAN, MERCAPTOPURINE, METHOTREXATE, METUREDEPA, MIBOPLATIN, MIFEPRISTONE, MILTEFOSINE, MIRIMOSTIM, MITOGUAZONE, MITOLACTOL, MITOMYCIN, MITOXANTRONE, MIZORIBINE, MOTEXAFIN, NARTOGRASTIM, NEBAZUMAB, NEDAPLATIN, NILUTAMIDE, NIMUSTINE, OCTREOTIDE, ORMELOXIFENE, OXALIPLATIN, PACLITAXEL, PALIVIZUMAB, PEGASPARGASE, PEGFILGRASTIM, PENTETREOTIDE, PENTOSTATIN, PERFOSFAMIDE, PIPOSULFAN, PIRARUBICIN, PLICAMYCIN, PREDNIMUSTINE, PROCARBAZINE, PROPAGERMANIUM, PROSPIDIUM CHLORIDE, RALTITREXED, RANIMUSTINE, RANPIRNASE, RASBURICASE, RAZOXANE, RITUXIMAB, RIFAMPICIN, RITROSULFAN, ROMURTIDE, RUBOXISTAURIN, SARGRAMOSTIM, SATRAPl-ATIN, SIROLIMUS, SOBUZOXANE, SPIROMUSTINE, STREPTOZOCIN, TAMOXIFEN, TASONERMIN, TEGAFUR, TEMOPORFIN, TEMOZOLOMIDE, TENIPOSIDE, TESTOLACTONE, THIOTEPA, THYMALFASIN, TIAMIPRINE, TOPOTECAN, TOREMIFENE, TRASTUZUMAB, TREOSULFAN, TRIAZIQUONE, TRIMETREXATE, TRIPTORELIN, TROFOSFAMIDE, UREDEPA, VALRUBICIN, VERTEPORFIN, VINBLASTINE, VINCRISTINE, VINDESINE, VINORELBINE, VOROZOLE and ZEVALIN.
The person skilled in the art is aware on the base of his/her expert knowledge of the total daily dosage(s) and administration form(s) of the additional therapeutic agent(s) coadministered. Said total daily dosage(s) can vary within a wide range.
In practicing the present invention, the compounds according to this invention may be administered in combination therapy separately, sequentially, simultaneously or chronologically staggered (such as e.g. as combined unit dosage forms, as separate unit dosage forms, as adjacent discrete unit dosage forms, as fixed or non-fixed combinations, as kit-of-parts or as admixtures) with one or more standard therapeutics, in particular art-known anti-cancer agents, such as e.g. those mentioned above (e.g. chemotherapeutic and/or target specific anti-cancer agents).
In this context, the present invention further relates to a combination comprising a first active ingredient, which is at least one compound according to this invention, and a second active ingredient, which is at least one standard therapeutic, in particular at least one an art- known anti-cancer agent, such as e.g. one or more of those mentioned herejn above, for separate, sequential, simultaneous or chronologically staggered use in therapy, such as e.g. to treat, prevent or ameliorate diseases responsive to protein kinase inhibitor treatment, in particular responsive to PKB/Akt inhibitor treatment, such as, for example, hyperproliferative diseases of benign or malignant behaviour and/or disorders responsive to the induction of apoptosis in a mammal, such as e.g. those diseases mentioned herein, in particular cancer.
The term "combination" according to this invention may be present as a fixed combination, a non-fixed combination or a kit-of-parts.
A "fixed combination" is defined as a combination wherein the said first active ingredient and the said second active ingredient are present together in one unit dosage or in a single entity. One example of a "fixed combination" is a pharmaceutical composition wherein the said first active ingredient and the said second active ingredient are present in admixture for simultaneous administration, such as in a formulation. Another example of a "fixed combination" is a pharmaceutical combination wherein the said first active ingredient and the said second active ingredient are present in one unit without being in admixture. A "kit-of-parts" is defined as a combination wherein the said first active ingredient and the said second active ingredient are present in more than one unit. One example of a "kit-of-parts" is a combination wherein the said first active ingredient and the said second active ingredient are present separately. The components of the kit-of-parts may be administered separately, sequentially, simultaneously or chronologically staggered.
The present invention further relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a first active ingredient, which is at least one compound according to this invention, and a second active ingredient, which is at least one standard therapeutic agent, in particular an art-known anti-cancer agent, such as e.g. one or more of those mentioned herein above, and, optionally, a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent, for separate, sequential, simultaneous or chronologically staggered use in therapy.
The present invention further relates to a kit-of-parts comprising a preparation of a first active ingredient, which is a compound according to this invention, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent; a preparation of a second active ingredient, which is an standard therapeutic agent, in particular an art-known anti-cancer agent, such as one of those mentioned above, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent; for simultaneous, sequential, separate or chronologically staggered use in therapy. Optionally, said kit comprises instructions for its use in therapy, e.g. to treat benign and/or malignant neoplasia responsive to the inhibition of protein kinases, in particular the protein kinase B (PKB) / Akt.
pThe present invention further relates to a combined preparation comprising at least one compound according to the present invention and at least one known therapeutic agent, in particular at least one art-known anti-cancer agent for simultaneous, sequential or separate administration.
In addition, the present invention further relates to a method for treating diseases and/or disorders responsive to the inhibition of protein kinases, in particular the protein kinase B (PKB) / Akt, such as e.g. cancer, in a patient comprising administering in combination therapy separately, simultaneously, . sequentially or chronologically staggered a pharmaceutically active and .therapeutically effective and tolerable amount of a pharmaceutical composition, which comprises a compound according to this invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent, and a pharmaceutically active and therapeutically effective and tolerable amount of one or more standard therapeutic agents, in particular one or more art-known anti-cancer agents, such as e.g. one or more of those mentioned herein, to said patient in need thereof.
In further addition, the present invention relates to a method for treating, preventing or ameliorating (hypeφroliferative diseases and/or disorders responsive to induction of apoptosis, such as e.g. benign or malignant neoplasia, particularly any of those cancer diseases mentioned herein, in a patient comprising administering a combination according to the present invention. The present invention further relates to a commercial package comprising one or more compounds of the present invention together with instructions for simultaneous, sequential or separate use with one or more standard therapeutics, such as e.g. one or more chemotherapeutic and/or target specific anti¬ cancer agents, such as e.g. any of those mentioned herein.
The present invention further relates to a commercial package consisting essentially of one or more compounds of the present invention as sole active ingredient together with instructions for simultaneous, sequential or separate use with one or more standard therapeutics, such as e.g. art- known anti-cancer agents, such as e.g. any of those mentioned herein.
The present invention further relates to a commercial package comprising one or more art-known anti¬ cancer agents, such as e.g. any of those mentioned herein, together with instructions for simultaneous, sequential or separate use with one or more compounds according to the present invention.
The compositions, combinations, preparations, formulations, kits or packages mentioned in the context of the combination therapy according to this invention may also include more than one of the compounds according to this invention and/or more than one of the standard therapeutics, such as e.g. the art-known anti-cancer agents mentioned.
Additionally, the present invention further relates to pharmaceutical combinations or compositions according to this invention having protejij, kinase inhibiting, in particular PKB/Akt inhibiting, properties.
The present invention further relates to pharmaceutical combinations or compositions according to this invention having anti-(hyper)proliferative and/or apoptosis inducing activity.
The present invention further relates to a method for treating diseases and/or disorders responsive to the inhibition of protein kinases, such as e.g. cancer, in a patient comprising administering a combination, composition, formulation, preparation or kit as described herein to said patient in need thereof.
The present invention further relates to the use of a composition, combination, formulation, preparation or kit in the manufacture of a pharmaceutical product, such as e.g. a commercial package or a medicament, for treating, preventing or ameliorating diseases and/or disorders responsive to the inhibition of protein kinases, in particular the protein kinase B (PKB) / Akt, such as e.g. those diseases mentioned herein, in particular cancer.
The present invention further relates to the use of one or more of the compounds according to this invention for the manufacture of a medicament for use in combination with a chemotherapeutic or target-specific agent for the treatment of cancer, particularly for the treatment of one of those cancer diseases mentioned above, such as e.g. any of those anti-cancer agents mentioned herein.
The first and second active ingredient of a combination or kit-of-parts according to this invention may be provided as separate formulations (i.e. independently of one another), which are subsequently brought together for simultaneous, sequential, separate or chronologically staggered use in combination therapy; or packaged and presented together as separate components of a combination pack for simultaneous, sequential, separate or chronologically staggered use in combination therapy.
The type of pharmaceutical formulation of the first and second active ingredient of a combination or kit-of-parts according to this invention can be similar, i.e. both ingredients are formulated in separate tablets or capsules, or can be different, i.e. suited for different administration forms, such as e.g. one active ingredient is formulated as tablet or capsule and the other is formulated for e.g. intravenous administration.
The amounts of the first and second active ingredients of the combinations, compositions or kits according to this invention may together comprise a therapeutically effective amount for the treatment, prophylaxis or amelioration of a treatment, prophylaxis or amelioration of a (hyper)proliferative disease, particularly one of those diseases mentioned herein.
In addition, compounds according to the present invention can be used in the pre- or post-surgical treatment of cancer.
In further addition, compounds of the present invention can be used in combination with radiation therapy, in particular in sensitisation of cancer patients towards standard radiation therapy.
A combination according to this invention can refer to a composition comprising both the compound according to this invention and the other active anti-cancer agent in a fixed combination (fixed unit dosage form), or a medicament pack comprising the two active ingredients as discrete separate dosage forms (non-fixed combination). In case of a medicament pack comprising the two active ingredients, the active ingredients are preferably packed into blister cards which are suited for improving compliance.
Each blister card preferably contains the medicaments to be taken on one day of treatment. If the medicaments are to be taken at different times of day, the medicaments can be disposed in different sections on the blister card according to the different ranges of times of day at which the medicaments are to be taken (for example morning and evening or morning, midday and evening). The blister cavities for the medicaments to be taken together at a particular time of day are accommodated in the respective range of times of day. The various times of day are, of course, also put on the blister in a clearly visible way. It is also possible, of course, for example to indicate a period in which the medicaments are to be taken, for example stating the times.
The daily sections may represent one line of the blister card, and the times of day are then identified in chronological sequence in this column.
Medicaments which must be taken together at a particular time of day are placed together at the appropriate time on the blister card, preferably a narrow distance apart, allowing them to be pushed out of the blister easily, and having the effect that removal of the dosage form from the blister is not forgotten.
The administration of the pharmaceutical compositions or combinations according to the invention may be performed in any of the generally accepted modes of administration available in the art. Illustrative examples of suitable modes of administration include intravenous, oral, nasal, parenteral, topical, transdermal and rectal delivery. Oral and intravenous delivery are preferred.
For the treatment of dermatoses, the compounds of the invention are in particular administered in the form of those pharmaceutical compositions which are suitable for topical application. For the production of the pharmaceutical compositions, the compounds of the invention (= active compounds) are preferably mixed with suitable pharmaceutical auxiliaries and further processed to give suitable pharmaceutical formulations. Suitable pharmaceutical formulations are, for example, powders, emulsions, suspensions, sprays, oils, ointments, fatty ointments, creams, pastes, gels or solutions.
The pharmaceutical compositions according to the invention are;,prepared by processes known per se. The dosage of the active compounds is carried out in the order of magnitude customary for protein kinase inhibitors. Topical application forms (such as ointments) for the treatment of dermatoses thus contain the active compounds in a concentration of, for example, 0.1-99%. The customary dose in the case of systemic therapy (p.o.) is between 0.3 and 30 mg/kg per day, (i. v.) is between 0.3 and 30 mg/kg/h. The choice of the optimal dosage regime and duration of medication, particularly the optimal dose and manner of administration of the active compounds necessary in each case can be determined by a person skilled in the art on the basis of his/her expert knowledge. Bioloαical Investigations
Expression and purification of ΔPHAkti. Akt1 (active). Akt1 (inactive). PDK1. and PKA: For the biochemical assay ΔPHAkti was used devoid of its PH domain as a GST fusion protein (named GST-deltaPH-Akt1 ; 107-480aa; cloned in the pAcG1 vector (BD Biosciences Pharmingen)), co-expressed with PDK1 in SF9 insect cells. The protein was purified using glutathion-affinity chromatography by standard protocols.
For the biochemical Akt1 assay recombinant full-length human Akt1 , containing N-terminal His6 tag was cloned and expressed in baculovirus infected Sf21 insect cells. Akt1 is activated with GST- MAPKAP-K2 and PDK1, and repurified on Ni2+/NTA-agrose and glutathioneagarose (Upstate, UK; #14-276).
For the biochemical Akt1 (inactive) assay recombinant full-length human Akt1 a containing N-terminal His6 tag was cloned and expressed in baculovirus infected Sf21 insect cells. The enzyme is purified using Ni2+/NTA-agarose (Upstate, UK; #14-279).
For the biochemical Akt1 (inactive) assay, recombinant full-length human PDK1, containing N-terminal His6 tag was cloned and expressed in baculovirus infected Sf21 insect cells. The enzyme is purified using Ni2+/NTA-agarose.
For the biochemical PKA assay the catalytic subunit of PKA was expressed in E. coli as a His-tagged human recombinant protein and purified accordingly (PanVera, USA; #R3791).
Biochemical APH Akt1 assay: In order to study the inhibition of Akt according to the invention, a flashplate-based assay has been developed. The Akt1 assay is a biochemical assay using Akt1 devoid of its PH domain and co-expressed with PDK1 in insect cells. The GST-ΔPH-Akt1 assay is run in 96 well plates by incubating 100ng/well GST- ΔPH-Akt1 , 100ng/well histone 2B (Roche, #223514) as substrate, 10μl of compound of invention (test compounds were dissolved as 10 mM solutions in dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) and subsequently diluted) and 10OnM ATP (including 33P-ATP) in 100μl of reaction buffer (5OnM HEPES, pH7,5; 3mM MgCI2; 3mM MnCI2; 3μM Na-Orthovanadat; 1mM DTT; 1μg/ml PEG8000) for 80 minutes at 300C. The reactions are terminated by adding 100 μl stopping buffer (2% H3PO4 for 5 minutes) and are washed 3 times by using washing buffer (0,9% NaCI). Relying on the incorporation of 33P into the protein substrate histone 2B1 the detection is based on the adhesion of the phosphorylated protein to the surface of scintillator-coated flash plates (NEN, USA; #SMP-200). This phosphorylation is measured by counting the plate for 60 sec. using a plate reader (Wallac Microbeta; Perkin Elmer, USA). The analysis of the data is performed using a biostatistical program (GraphPad Prism, USA). Preferred compounds show an IC50 of ΔPH-Akt1 inhibition below 5μM.
Representative ICεo values for inhibition of deltaPHAkti determined in the aforementioned assay follow from the following table A1 in which the numbers of the compounds correspond to the numbers of the examples.
Table A: Akt inhibition:
Figure imgf000074_0001
Biochemical Akt1 (active) assay (full-length Akt1): In order to study the inhibition of Akt1 (full-length version) according to the invention, a flashplate- based assay has been developed. The full-length Akt1 assay is a biochemical assay using Akt1 N-terminally fused to GST and co- expressed with PDK1 in insect cells. The Akt1 assay is run in 96 well plates by incubating 500ng/well GST-Akt1, 1 μM Crosstide (N-terminally biotinylated synthetic peptide (KGSGSGRPRTSSFAEG) Upstate, #12-385) as substrate, 10μl of test compound (test compounds were dissolved as 10 mM solutions in dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) and subsequently diluted) and 10OnM ATP (including 33P-ATP) in 100μl of reaction buffer (5OmM HEPES, pH7,5; 3mM MgCI2; 3mM MnCI2; 3μM Na-Orthovanadat; 1mM DTT; 1μg/ml PEG8000) for 60 minutes at 30°C in 96well microtiter plates. The reactions are terminated by adding 100 μl stopping buffer (5M NaCI, 35mM EDTA pH 8,0) for 5 minutes. 190μl of the reaction mixture are transferred into streptavidin-coated Flashplates (Perkin Elmer, #SMP-103) and incubated for further 30 minutes at room temperature. The plates are washed 3 times by using washing buffer (0,9% NaCI). Relying on the incorporation of 33P into the peptide substrate crosstide, the detection is based on the specific binding of the biotinylated peptide to the streptavidin-coated surface of scintillator-coated flash plates (NEN, USA; #SMP-103). This phosphorylation is measured by counting the plate for 60 sec. using a plate reader (Wallac Microbeta; Perkin Elmer, USA). The analysis of the data is performed using a biostatistical program (GraphPad Prism, USA). Preferred compounds show an IC50 of Akt1 inhibition below 2μM. Representative ICso values for inhibition of Akt1 (full-lenth Akt1, active) determined in the aforementioned assay follow from the following table B, in which the numbers of the compounds correspond to the numbers of the examples.
Table B: Akt1 inhibition (full-length Akti, active):
Figure imgf000075_0001
Biochemical Akt1 (inactive) assay (full-length Akt1): In order to study the inhibition of Akt1 activation of the compounds according to the invention, an IMAP-based assay has been developed for the protein kinase B alpha, PKBα (fullAkti, inactive). PDK1 -dependent activation and subsequent enzymatic activity of Akt1: Activity of purified human Akt1 is routinely measured in an assay in which the enzyme is first activated by PDK1 in the presence of phosphatidylinositol-3,4,5- triphosphate (PIP3). Once activated, Akt1 -dependent phosphorylation of a fluorescence labelled peptide substrate is measured by fluorescence polarisation using the IMAP technology (Molecular Devices). This Akt-activation-assay uses inactive full length AKT1 (Upstate, #25675U), full length PDK1 , a fluorescence labelled AKT1 substrate peptide (Thermo Electron GmbH, 5-Fluorescein-NH- RARTSSFAEPG-CONH2), and phospholipid vesicles (PIP3, Biomol, Cat.# PH-107;DOPC/DOPS "Upstate Lipid Blend", Avanti Polar Lipids, Cat.# 790595P).14" The phospholipids are prepared as follows: 5mg DOPC/DOPS are solved in 200μl 1OmM Tris (pH 7.4) and 300μg PIP3 are resuspended in 950μl 1OmM Tris (pH 7.4) by pipetting. 950μl solved PIP3 are mixed with 50μlsolved DOPC/DOPS and incubated for 2h at a temperature below 200C. Then the mixture is subjected to sonification for 30 min. at max. power until a translucent phopholipid vesicle preparation is obtained. Aliquots of the vesicle suspension are frozen at -800C until needed, likewise the solved DOPC/DOPS. Assays are performed in 384-well plates. Incubations are carried out for 60 min. at room temperature. The reaction buffer mixture contains in a final volmue of 25μl: 1OmM Tris pH 7,4, 1OmM MgCI2. 1mM DTT, and 0,1mg/ml BSA. In contrast the activation buffer contains: 50ng/well Akt1, 20ng/well PDK1, 1,25μM peptide substrat, 50μM ATP, and phospholipid vesicles (1:20). Test compounds are added from stock solutions in DMSO before activation of Akt1 by PDK1. After the incubation the beads (IMAP binding reagent; Molecular Devices; 1:167) are added and the fluorescence polarization is measured (excitation 485nm, emission 530nm). The analysis of the data is performed using a biostatistical program. Preferred compounds show an IC50Of Akt1 inhibition below 5μM. Representative IC50 values for inhibition of Akt1 (full-lenth Akt1 , inactive) determined in the aforementioned assay follow from the following table C, in which the numbers of the compounds correspond to the numbers of the examples.
Table C: Inhibition of Akt1 activation(full-length Akt1, inactive):
Figure imgf000076_0001
Biochemical PKA assay: In order to study the kinase inhibition activity of the compounds according to the invention, a flashplate-based assay has been developed for the serine/threonine kinase, PKA. The assay is run in 96 well plates by incubating 1ng/well His-PKA (PanVera, USA; #R3791), 0,5μM/well PKA peptide (#12-394; Upstate, USA) as substrate, 10μl of compound of invention (test compounds were dissolved as 10 mM solutions in dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) and subsequently diluted) and 10OnM ATP (including 33P-ATP) in 100μl of reaction buffer (5OnM HEPES, pH7,5; 3mM MgCI2; 3mM MnCI2; 3μM Na-Orthovanadat; 1mM DTT) for 80 minutes at 22°C. The reactions are stopped by adding 100 μl stopping buffer (2% H3PO4 for 5 minutes) and are washed 3 times by using washing buffer (200μl IxPBS). Relying on the incorporation of 33P into the peptide substrate, the detection is based on the adhesion of the phosphorylated peptide to the surface of scintillator-coated Flash plates (Perkin Elme'rf USA; #SMP-103). This phosphorylation is measured by counting the plate for 60 sec. using a plate reader (Wallac Microbeta; Perkin Elmer, USA). By using this method the IC50 of the PKA inhibition is determined. The analysis of the data is performed using a biostatistical program (GraphPad Prism, USA). Preferred compounds show an IC50 of PKA inhibition above 10μM.
Representative IC50 values for PKA inhibition determined in the aforementioned assay follow from the following table D1 in which the numbers of the compounds correspond to the numbers of the examples.
Table D: PKA inhibition:
Figure imgf000076_0002
Cellular PI3K / Akt pathway assay In order to study the cellular activity of the compounds according to the invention, an ELISA-based assay has been established. The assay is based on a Sandwich ELISA kit (PathScan™ Phospho-Akt1 (Ser473); Cell Signaling, USA; #7160). The assay detects endogenous levels of phosphorylated Akt1 protein. A phospho-Akt (Ser473) antibody (Cell Signaling, USA; #9271) has been coated onto the microwells. After incubation with cell lysates, the phosphorylated Akt protein is captured by the coated antibody. Following extensive washing, Akt1 monoclonal antibody (Cell Signaling, USA; #2967) is added to detect the captured phospho-Akt1 protein. HRP-linked anti-mouse antibody (Cell Signaling, USA; #7076) is then used to recognize the bound detection antibody. HRP substrate (=TMB; Cell Signaling, USA; #7160) is added to develop colour. The magnitude of optical density for this developed color is proportional to the quantity of phosphorylated Akt1 protein. MCF7 cells (ATCC HTB-22) are seeded into 96 well fate bottom plates at a density of 10000 cells/well. 24 hours after seeding the cells are starved using estrogen-free medium (IMEM including 0,1% charcoal treated FCS). After 24 hours 1 μl each of the compound dilutions (test compounds were dissolved as 10 mM solutions in DMSO and subsequently diluted) are added into each well of the 96 well plates and incubated for 48h at 37°C in a humidified athmosphere containing 5% CO2. To stimulate Akt phosphorylation, β-Heregulin (20ng/ml) is added in parallel to the compounds. Wells containing unstimulated control cells (no β-Heregulin stimulation) are incubated with or without the diluted compound. Wells containing untreated control cells (no compound) are filled with medium containing 0.5% v:v DMSO and are with β-Heregulin or are not stimulated. Cells are harvested under nondenaturating conditions and lysed with brief sonification in 1x cell lyses buffer (2OmM Tris (pH7.5), 150 mM NaCI, 1 mM ethylene diaminetetraacetate (EDTA), 1 mM ethylene glycolbis-(2-aminoethyl)-N,N,N',Nl-tetraacetic acid (EGTA), 1% Triton X-100, 2.5mM sodium pyrophosphate, 1 mM β-glycerolphosphate, 1 mM Na3VO4, 1 μg/ml leupeptin). The lysate is microcentrifuged for 10 minutes at 40C and the supernatant is transferred to a new tube. 100 μl of sample diluent (0.1% tween-20, 0.1% sodium azide in 2OX PBS) are added to a microcentrifuge tube and 100 μl of cell lysate are transferred into the tube and vortexed. 100 μl of each diluted cell lysate are added to the appropriate well (phospho-Akt (Ser473) antibody coated microwells; Cell Signaling, USA; #7160) and incubated overnight at 4°C. The plates are washed 4 times with 1x wash buffer (1 % tween-20, 0.33% thymol, in 20X PBS). Then 100 μl of detection antibody (Akt1 (2H10) monoclonal detection antibody; Cell Signaling, USA; #2967) are added to each well and incubated for 1h at 37°C. The washing procedure is repeated between each step. 100μl of HRP-linked secondary antibody (anti- mouse IgG HRP-linked antibody; Cell Signaling, USA; #7076) are added to each well and incubated for 30 minutes at 37°C. Than 100μl of TMB substrate (0.05% 3,3',5,5' tetramethylbenzidine, 0.1% hydrogen peroxide, complex polypeptides in a buffered solution; Cell Signaling, USA; #7160) are added to each well and incubated for 30 minutes at 25°C. Finally 100 μl of STOP solution (0.05% α and β unsaturated carbonyl compound) are added to each well and the plate are shaked gently for a few seconds. The absorbance is read at 450 nm (Wallac Victor2; Perkin Elmer, USA) within 30 minutes after adding STOP solution. The analysis of the data is performed using a statistical program (Excel; Microsoft, USA).
Representative IC50 values for Akt pathway inhibition determined in the aforementioned assay follow from the following table E, in which the number of the compound corresponds to the number of the example.
Table E: Akt pathway inhibition (pAkt-ELISA):
Figure imgf000078_0001
Cellular pGSK3 assay: In order to study the cellular activity of the compounds according to the invention, an ELISA-based assay has been established for the phosphorylated glycogen synthetase kinase 3, GSK3. The assay is based on a solid phase sandwich ELISA that detects endogenous levels of the phosphorylated GSK3 (BioSource International, Inc.; Catalog #KHO0461). A phospho-GSK3 (Ser9) antibody has been coated onto the microwells. After incubation with cell lysates, the coated antibody captures the phosphorylated GSK3 protein. Following extensive washing, GSK3 polyclonal antibody is added to detect the captured phospho-GSK3 protein. HRP-linked anti-mouse antibody (anti-rabbit IgG-HRP) is then used to recognize the bound detection antibody. After the second incubation and washing to remove all the excess anti-rabbit IgG-HRP, a substrate solution is added, which is acted upon by the bound enzyme to produce color. The intensity of this colored product is directly proportional to the concentration of GSK-3β [pS9] present in the original specimen. MCF7 cells (ATCC HTB-22) are seeded into 96 well plates at a density of 10000 cells/well. After 24 hours 1 μl each of the compound dilutions (test compounds were dissolved as 10 mM solutions in DMSO and subsequently diluted) are added into each well of the 96 well plates and incubated for 48h at 37°C in a humidified athmosphere containing 5% CO2. Cells are harvested and lysed with brief vortexing in cell extraction buffer (10 mM Tris, pH 7.4, 100 mM NaCI, 1 mM EDTA, 1 mM EGTA, 1 mM NaF, 20 mM Na4P2O7, 2 mM Na3VO4, 1% Triton X-100, 10% glycerol, 0.1% SDS, 0.5% deoxycholate, 1 mM PMSF). The lysate are centrifuged for 10 minutes at 4°C and the supernatant transferred to a new tube. 50 μl of sample diluent (standard diluent buffer, Biosource) are added and 100 μl of cell lysate transferred into the tube and vortexed. 100 μl of each diluted cell lysate are added to the appropriate well (phospho-GSK3 (Ser9) antibody coated microwells; BioSource) and incubated for 3h at room temperature. The plates are washed 4 times with 1x wash buffer (Biosource). 50 μl of detection antibody (GSK3 (Ser9) detection antibody; BioSource) are added to each well and incubated for 30 min. at room temperature. The washing procedure is repeated between each step. 100μl of HRP-linked secondary antibody (anti-mouse IgG HRP-linked antibody) are added to each well and incubated for 30 minutes at room temperature. 100μl of TMB substrate (0.05% 3,3',5,5' tetramethylbenzidine, 0.1% hydrogen peroxide, complex polypeptides in a buffered solution; Biosource) are added to each well and incubated for 30 minutes at room temperature. Finally 100 μl of Stop solution (0.05% α and β unsaturated carbonyl compound) are added to each well and the plate are shaked gently for a few seconds. The absorbance is measured at 450 nm (Wallac Victor2; Perkin Elmer, USA) within 30 minutes after adding Stop solution. The analysis of the data is performed using a statistical program (Microsoft Excel, USA) and the inhibition of pGSK3 phosphorylation is determined.
Representative IC50 values for GSK3 inhibition determined in the aforementioned assay follow from the following table F, in which the number of the compound corresponds to the number of the example.
Table F: GSK3 inhibition (pGSK3-ELISA):
Figure imgf000079_0001
Cellular proliferation / cytotoxicity assay: The antiproliferative activity of the compounds as described herein, is evaluated using MCF7 and MDA-MB-468 (ATCC HTB-22 and HTB-132) cell lines and the Alamar Blue (Resazurin) cell viability assay (O'Brien et al. Eur J Biochem 267, 5421-5426, 2000). Resazurin is reduced to the fluorescent rescrϋfin by cellular dehydrogenase activity, correlating with viable, proliferating cells. Test compounds are dissolved as 10 mM solutions in DMSO and subsequently diluted. MCF7 or MDA-MB- 434 cells were seeded into 96 well flat bottom plates at a density of 10000 cells/well (MCF7) or 5000 cells/well (MDA-MB-468) in a volume of 200 μl/well. 24 hours after seeding, 1 μl each of the compound dilutions are added into each well of the 96 well plates. Each compound dilution is tested as at least as duplicates. Wells containing untreated control cells were filled with 200 μl DMEM containing 0.5% v:v DMSO. The cells are then incubated with the substances for 48 hours at 37°C in a humidified athmosphere containing 5% carbon dioxide. To determine cell viability, 20 μl of a Resazurin solution (Sigma; 90mg / 1) are added. After 4 hours incubation at 37°C the fluorescence is measured at an extinction of 544 nm and an emission of 590 nm (Wallac Victor2; Perkin Elmer, USA). For the calculation of the cell viability the emission value from untreated cells is set as 100% viability and the emission rates of treated cells are set in relation to the values of untreated cells. Viabilities are expressed as % values. The corresponding ICs0 values of the compounds for cytotoxic activity are determined from the concentration-effect curves by means of non-linear regression. The analysis of the data is performed using a biostatistical program (GraphPad Prism, USA). Representative IC50 values for anti-proliferative/cytotoxic potency determined in the aforementioned assay follow from the following table G, in which the numbers of the compounds correspond to the numbers of the examples.
Table G: Anti-proliferative / cytotoxic activity:
Figure imgf000080_0001
The compounds of formula I which are mentioned in one or more of the tables A to G as well as their salts are a preferred subject in the present invention.
Chemosensitization assay The herein disclosed compounds are evaluated for the ability to sensitize cancer cells towards apoptotic stimuli. Compounds described in this invention are tested alone and in combination with chemotherapeutic and targeted cancer therapeutics to determine the effect on apoptosis induction. Cancer cells are seeded in 96 well plates at concentrations ranging from 2x103 to 1x 104 cells per well in their respective growth media.48-72hours later, the apoptosis assay are set up as follows: a) For combination assays with a chemotherapeutic agent like camptothecin, compounds are added at respective concentrations indicated and plates inβabated at 37°C in a CO2 incubator for 18 hours. For standard combination assays uitilizing treatment with camptothecin are added at the same time at the respective concentrations indicated. b) For combinations assays involving addition of pro-apoptotic agents like the death receptor ligand TRAIL/Apo2L (Research Diagnostics) compounds are added for 1,5 hours prior to addition of TRAIL and plates incubated an additional 3 to 4 hours post TRAIL addition. In the case of the time course, plates are incubated for 2, 3, 4 and 6 hours with TRAIL ligand before ending the assay. For both procedures, total final volumes do not exceed 250μI. At the end of the incubation time, the cells are pelleted by centrifugation (200 x g; 10 min. at RT) and the supernatant is discarded. The cells are resuspended and incubated using lysis buffer for 30 min. at RT (Cell Death Detection ELISAPLUS, Roche, Cat. No. 11 774425 001). After the centrifugation is repeated (200 x g; 10 min. at RT) an aliquot of the supernatant are transferred to a streptavidin-coated well of a microplate. Followed by the incubation (2h, RT) and binding of nucleosomes in the supernatant with two monoclonal antibodies, anti-histone (biotin-labeled) and anti-DNA (peroxidase-conjugated; Cell Death Detection ELISAPLUS, Roche, Cat. No. 11 774425 001 ). The antibody-nucleosome complexes are bound to the microplate. The immobilized antibody-histone complexes are washed three times at RT to remove cell components that are not immunoreactive. The substrate solution (ABTS; Cell Death Detection ELISAPLUS, Roche, Cat. No. 11 774425001) are added and the samples were incubated for 15 min., RT. The amount of coloured product (and thus, of immobilized antibodyhistone complexes) is determined spectrophotometrically (absorbance at 405 nm). Data are expressed as percent activity of control with cisplatin used as a positive control. Apoptosis induction by 50μM cisplatin is arbitrarily defined as 100 cisplatin units (100 CPU).

Claims

Patent claims
1. Compounds of formula I
Figure imgf000082_0001
(I) in which R1 is Art , Hart , Aa1 , Hh1 , Ah1 , or Ha1 , in which ArI is phenyl, R11- and/or R12-substituted phenyl, naphthyl, R13-substituted naphthyl, orfluorenyl, in which R11 is 1-4C-alkoxy, 1 -4C-alkoxy-2-4C-alkoxy, halogen, phenoxy, 1-4C-alkylcarbonyl or phenyl-1-4C- alkoxy, R12 is 1-4C-alkoxy,
R13 is 1-4C-alkoxy,
Hart is optionally substituted by R14 and is a monocyclic, fused bi- or tricyclic 5- to 14-membered heteroaryl radical comprising one to three heteroatoms, each of which is selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, in which R14 is 1-4C-alkyl or phenylsulphonyl,
Aa1 is optionally substituted by R15 and is a bisaryl radical made up of two aryl groups, which are selected independently from a group consisting of phenyl and naphthyl, and which are linked together via a single bond, and in which R15 is halogen,
Hh1 is a bisheteroaryl radical made up of two heteroaryl groups, which are selected independently from a group consisting of monocyclic 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl radicals comprising one or two heteroatoms, each of which is selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and which are linked together via a single bond, Ah1 is an arylheteroaryl radical made up of an aryl group selected from a group consisting of phenyl and naphthyl, and a heteroaryl group selected from a group consisting of monocyclic 5- or 6- membered heteroaryl radicals comprising one or two heteroatoms, each of which is selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, whereby said aryl and heteroaryl groups are linked together via a single bond,
Ha1 is a heteroarylaryl radical made up of a heteroaryl group selected from a group consisting of monocyclic 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl radicals comprising one or two heteroatoms, each of which is selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, and an aryl group selected from a group consisting of phenyl and naphthyl, whereby said heteroaryl and aryl groups are linked together via a single bond,
R2 is hydrogen, halogen or 1-4C-alkyl,
R3 is -U-Ai-2, or -V-Har2, in which LJ is a bond, 1 -4C-alkylene, or 1 -4C-alkylene substituted with amino-1-4C-alkyl, Ar2 is phenyl, or R31- and/or R32- and/or R321 -substituted phenyl, in which R31 is 1-4C-alkyl, 1-4C-alkoxy, halogen, nitro, trifluoromethyl, cyano, amidino, or -W-R311, in which W is a bond or 1-4C-alkylene, R311 is -N(R312)R313, halogen, or Heti, in which R312 is hydrogen, 1-4C-alkyl, 1-4C-alkoxycarbonyl or 1-4C-alkoxy-2-4C-alkyl, R313 is hydrogen, 1-4C-alkyl or 1-4C-alkoxy-2-4C-alkyl, Het1 is optionally substituted by R314 and is a monocylic 3- to 7-membered saturated heterocyclic ring, which comprises one or two heteroatoms selected from a group consisting of oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur, and which is bonded to the moiety W via a ring carbon atom or via a ring nitrogen atom, and in which R314 is 1-4C-alkyl or 1-4C-alkoxycarbonyl, R32 is 1-4C-alkoxy or halogen, or R31 and R32 bonded to the phenyl ring in ortho position to each other form together a 1-2C- alkylenedioxy group, R321 is 1-4C-alkoxy, V is a bond, Har2 is optionally substituted by R33 and/or R34 and is a monocyclic or fused bicyclic 5- to 10- membered unsaturated or partially saturated heteroaryl radical comprising one to three heteroatoms, each of which is selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, in which R33 is 1 -4C-alkyl, trifluoromethyl, cyano, or -W-R311 , R34 is 1-4C-alkyl, and the salts of these compounds.
2. Compounds according to claim 1 , in which R1 is dibenzofuran-4-yl, dibenzothiophen-4-yl, 4-benzyloxy-phenyl, 4-phenoxy-phenyl, or thianthren-1-yl, R2 is hydrogen, or methyl,
R3 is -U-Ar2, -V-Har2, or 2-amino-phenyl, in which
U is a bond, and Ar2 is 3-(R31 )-phenyl, 4-(R31 )-phenyl, or 3-(R31 )- or 4-(R31 )-fluorophenyl, in which R31 is 1-4C-alkoxy, 1-4C-alkyl, cyano, chlorine, amidino, -W-R311, pyrrolidin-1-yl, or piperidin-3-yl, in which either W is a bond, and R311 is -N(R312)R313, in which R312 is hydrogen, 1-4C-alkyl, 1-4C-alkoxy-ethyl, or tertbutoxycarbonyl, R313 is hydrogen, or 1-4C-alkyl, or W is methylene, ethylene, or 1,1-dimethyl-methylene, R311 is -N(R312)R313, or bromine, in which R312 is hydrogen, 1-4C-alkyl, or tertbutoxycarbonyiy; R313 is hydrogen, or 1-4C-alkyl,
or U is methylene, or ethylene, and Ar2 is phenyl, or 3-(R31 )- or 4-(R31 )-phenyl, in which R31 is fluorine, 1-4C-alkoxy, or aminomethyl,
or U is a bond, or aminomethyl-methylene, and Ar2 is 3,4-dichlorophenyl,
V is a bond, Har2 is 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, or R33-substituted pyridyl, in which R33 is aminomethyl, or trifluoromethyl, and the salts of these compounds.
3. Compounds according to claim 1 or 2, under the provisio, that R1 is not Har1 , Ah1 , or Hh1 , when the substituent -N(H)C(O)R3 is attached in the meta position with respect to the binding position in which the phenyl ring is bonded to the pyrimidine-amino moiety, and the salts of these compounds.
4. Compounds according to claim 1 or 2, which are from formula Ia
Figure imgf000085_0001
and the salts of these compounds.
5. Compounds according to claim 1 , which are from formula Ia as defined in claim 4, and in which R1 is dibenzothiophen-4-yl, 4-Benzyloxy-phenyl, thianthren-1-yl, or dibenzofuran-4-yl, R2 is hydrogen, or methyl, R3 is -U-Ar2, -V-Har2, or 2-amino-phenyl, in which
U is a bond, and Ar2 is 3-(R31 )-phenyl, 4-(R31 )-phenyl, or 3-(R31 )- or 4-(R31 )-fluorophenyl, in which R31 is amidino, -W-R311 , pyrrolidin-1-yl, or piperidin-3-yl, in which either W is a bond, R311 is -N(R312)R313, in which R312 is hydrogen, methyl, or 2-methoxyethyl, R313 is methyl, or W is methylene, ethylene, or 1 ,1-dimethyl-methylene, R311 is -N(R312)R313, in which R312 is hydrogen, or methyl, R313 is hydrogen, or U is methylene, and Ar2 is 4-(aminomethyl)-phenyl, or U is aminomethyl-methylene, and Ar2 is 3,4-dichlorophenyl,
V is a bond, Har2 is 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, isoindolinyl, or R33-substituted pyridyl, in which R33 is aminomethyl, and the salts of these compounds.
6. Compounds according to claim 1, which are from formula Ia as defined in claim 4, and in which R1 is dibenzofuran-4-yl, R2 is hydrogen, R3 is -U-Ar2, or -V-Har2, in which U is a bond, Ar2 is 3-(R31)-phenyl, 4-(R31)-phenyl, or 2~fluoro-4-(R31 )-phenyl, in which R31 is amidino, or -W-R311 , in which W is methylene, ethylene, or 1,1-dimethyl-methylene, R311 is -N(R312)R313, in which R312 is hydrogen, or methyl, R313 is hydrogen, V is a bond, Har2 is 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-7-yl, 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-6-yl, or R33-substituted pyridyl, in which R33 is aminomethyl, and the salts of these compounds.
7. Compounds according to claim 1, which are from formula Ia as defined in claim 4, and in which R1 is dibenzofuran-4-yl, R2 is hydrogen, R3 is -U-Ar2, in which U is a bond, Ar2 is 3-(R31 )-phenyl, or 4-(R31 )-phenyl, in which R31 is amidino, or -W-R311 , in which W is methylene, R311 is -N(R312)R313, in which R312 is hydrogen, R313 is hydrogen, and the salts of these compounds.
8. Compounds according to claim 1 , which are from formula Ia as defined in claim 4, and in which R1 is dibenzofuran-4-yl, R2 is hydrogen, R3 is -V-Har2, in which V is a bond; either Har2 is 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-7-yl, or 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-6-yl; or Har2 is R33-substituted pyridyl, in which R33 is aminomethyl, such as e.g. 6-(R33)-pyrid-3-yl, 6-(R33)-pyrid-2-yl, 2-(R33)-pyrid-4-yl, 4-(R33)-pyrid-2-yl, or 5-(R33)- pyrid-2-yl, in which R33 is aminomethyl; and the salts of these compounds.
9. Compounds according to any of the preceding claims for use in the treatment of diseases.
10. A. pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more compounds according to any of the claims 1 to 8 together with one or more customary pharmaceutical excipients and/or vehicles.
11. A combination comprising one or more first active ingredients selected from the compounds according to any of claims 1 to 8 and one or more second active ingredients selected from chemotherapeutic anti-cancer agents and target-specific anti-cancer agents, for separate, sequential, simultaneous or chronologically staggered use in therapy, for example to treat, prevent or ameliorate hyperproliferative diseases of benign or malignant behaviour and/or disorders responsive to the induction of apoptosis in a mammal.
12. The use of compounds according to any of claims 1 to 8 for the production of pharmaceutical compositions for use in the treatment, prevention or amelioration of diseases mediated by a dysregulated function of a single protein kinase, such as e.g. PKB/Akt, or multiple protein kinases within a defined pathway or signalling network, such as, for example, hyperproliferative diseases of benign or malignant behaviour, and/or disorders responsive to the induction of apoptosis.
13. The use of compounds according to any of claims 1 to 8 for the production of pharmaceutical compositions for use in the treatment of benign and/or malignant neoplasia, such as e.g. cancer.
14. A method for treating hyperproliferative diseases of benign or malignant behaviour and/or disorders responsive to the induction of apoptosis, such as e.g. cancer, in a patient comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any of claims 1 to 8.
PCT/EP2005/053019 2004-06-28 2005-06-28 4,6-disubstituted pyrimidines and their use as protein kinase inhibitors WO2006000589A1 (en)

Priority Applications (13)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
BRPI0512547-2A BRPI0512547A (en) 2004-06-28 2005-06-28 pyrimidines
AT05769611T ATE434614T1 (en) 2004-06-28 2005-06-28 4,6-DISUBSTITUTED PYRIMIDINES AND THEIR USE AS PROTEIN KINASE INHIBITORS
CA002570552A CA2570552A1 (en) 2004-06-28 2005-06-28 4,6-disubstituted pyrimidines and their use as protein kinase inhibitors
EP05769611A EP1763526B1 (en) 2004-06-28 2005-06-28 4,6-disubstituted pyrimidines and their use as protein kinase inhibitors
DE602005015110T DE602005015110D1 (en) 2004-06-28 2005-06-28 4,6-DISUBSTITUTED PYRIMIDINES AND THEIR USE AS PROTEIN KINASE INHIBITORS
CNA2005800205458A CN1972934A (en) 2004-06-28 2005-06-28 4,6-disubstituted pyrimidines and their use as protein kinase inhibitors
US11/630,352 US7879853B2 (en) 2004-06-28 2005-06-28 4,6-disubstituted pyrimidines and their use as protein kinase inhibitors
AU2005256659A AU2005256659A1 (en) 2004-06-28 2005-06-28 4,6-disubstituted pyrimidines and their use as protein kinase inhibitors
JP2007517306A JP5065017B2 (en) 2004-06-28 2005-06-28 Pyrimidines disubstituted at positions 4, 6 and their use as protein kinase inhibitors
MXPA06014747A MXPA06014747A (en) 2004-06-28 2005-06-28 4,6-disubstituted pyrimidines and their use as protein kinase inhibitors.
ZA200609637A ZA200609637B (en) 2004-06-28 2006-11-20 4,6-disubstituted pyrimidines and their use as protein kinase inhibitors
IL179883A IL179883A0 (en) 2004-06-28 2006-12-06 4,6-disubstituted pyrimidine derivatives and pharmaceutical compositions containing the same
NO20070334A NO20070334L (en) 2004-06-28 2007-01-18 4,6-disubstituted pyrimidines and their use as protein kinase inhibitors

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP04103011.5 2004-06-28
EP04103011 2004-06-28
EP05102355 2005-03-23
EP05102355.4 2005-03-23

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2006000589A1 true WO2006000589A1 (en) 2006-01-05
WO2006000589A8 WO2006000589A8 (en) 2006-11-16

Family

ID=34973043

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/EP2005/053019 WO2006000589A1 (en) 2004-06-28 2005-06-28 4,6-disubstituted pyrimidines and their use as protein kinase inhibitors

Country Status (16)

Country Link
US (1) US7879853B2 (en)
EP (1) EP1763526B1 (en)
JP (1) JP5065017B2 (en)
KR (1) KR20070027723A (en)
CN (1) CN1972934A (en)
AT (1) ATE434614T1 (en)
AU (1) AU2005256659A1 (en)
BR (1) BRPI0512547A (en)
CA (1) CA2570552A1 (en)
DE (1) DE602005015110D1 (en)
ES (1) ES2328601T3 (en)
IL (1) IL179883A0 (en)
MX (1) MXPA06014747A (en)
NO (1) NO20070334L (en)
WO (1) WO2006000589A1 (en)
ZA (1) ZA200609637B (en)

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6907921B2 (en) 1998-06-18 2005-06-21 3M Innovative Properties Company Microchanneled active fluid heat exchanger
US8119655B2 (en) 2005-10-07 2012-02-21 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Kinase inhibitors
US8278450B2 (en) 2007-04-18 2012-10-02 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Kinase inhibitors
US8846681B2 (en) 2006-07-06 2014-09-30 Array Biopharma, Inc. Pyrimidyl cyclopentanes as AKT protein kinase inhibitors
US9150548B2 (en) 2011-04-01 2015-10-06 Genentech, Inc. Combinations of AKT inhibitor compounds and vemurafenib, and methods of use
US9682082B2 (en) 2011-04-01 2017-06-20 Genentech, Inc. Combinations of AKT and MEK inhibitor compounds, and methods of use

Families Citing this family (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20090012434A1 (en) * 2007-07-03 2009-01-08 Anderson Robert S Apparatus, method, and system to treat a volume of skin
TWI552752B (en) * 2007-10-19 2016-10-11 賽基艾維洛米斯研究股份有限公司 Heteroaryl compounds and uses thereof
AU2012321091B2 (en) * 2011-10-28 2016-05-12 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. Methods of treating a Bruton's Tyrosine Kinase disease or disorder
EP2770830A4 (en) * 2011-10-28 2015-05-27 Celgene Avilomics Res Inc Methods of treating a bruton's tyrosine kinase disease or disorder
RS54716B1 (en) * 2012-04-04 2016-08-31 Amgen Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and their uses
EA201591051A1 (en) 2013-02-08 2016-06-30 Селджен Авиломикс Рисерч, Инк. ERK INHIBITORS AND THEIR OPTIONS
CN112472699A (en) 2013-07-26 2021-03-12 种族肿瘤学公司 Combination methods for improving the therapeutic benefit of bisantrene and derivatives
US9492471B2 (en) 2013-08-27 2016-11-15 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. Methods of treating a disease or disorder associated with Bruton'S Tyrosine Kinase
CN103483250B (en) * 2013-10-08 2015-07-22 南京复兴生物科技有限公司 Preparation method of 5-aminomethyl nicotinic acid
CN103601675B (en) * 2013-10-08 2015-10-28 南京复兴生物科技有限公司 A kind of preparation method of 5-aminomethyl nicotinic acid
ES2741785T3 (en) 2014-08-13 2020-02-12 Celgene Car Llc Forms and compositions of an ERK inhibitor
CN113509471B (en) * 2021-07-19 2023-06-13 中国药科大学 Application of AKT2 inhibitor in preparation of medicine for treating doxorubicin-induced myocardial injury

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2001047897A1 (en) * 1999-12-28 2001-07-05 Pharmacopeia, Inc. Cytokine, especially tnf-alpha, inhibitors
WO2002094831A1 (en) * 2001-05-18 2002-11-28 Altana Pharma Ag Novel pyridylmethylaminopyrimidines
WO2003037891A1 (en) * 2001-11-01 2003-05-08 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Heteroaryl amines as glycogen synthase kinase 3beta inhibitors (gsk3 inhibitors)
WO2004048365A1 (en) * 2002-11-21 2004-06-10 Chiron Corporation 2,4,6-trisubstituted pyrimidines as phosphotidylinositol (pi) 3-kinase inhibitors and their use in the treatment of cancer

Family Cites Families (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TW321649B (en) 1994-11-12 1997-12-01 Zeneca Ltd
ZA986732B (en) 1997-07-29 1999-02-02 Warner Lambert Co Irreversible inhibitiors of tyrosine kinases
SK6652000A3 (en) 1997-11-11 2002-05-09 Pfizer Prod Inc Thienopyrimidine and thienopyridine derivatives useful as anticancer agents
GB9924092D0 (en) 1999-10-13 1999-12-15 Zeneca Ltd Pyrimidine derivatives
US20020065270A1 (en) * 1999-12-28 2002-05-30 Moriarty Kevin Joseph N-heterocyclic inhibitors of TNF-alpha expression
US20030008883A1 (en) 2000-08-08 2003-01-09 Grant Elfrida R. 4-Pyrimidinamine derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions and related methods
WO2003037869A1 (en) 2001-11-01 2003-05-08 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Amide derivatives as glycogen synthase kinase 3-beta inhibitors
US20030187026A1 (en) 2001-12-13 2003-10-02 Qun Li Kinase inhibitors
EP1469810A4 (en) 2002-01-04 2009-01-14 Univ Rockefeller Compositions and methods for prevention and treatment of amyloid-beta peptide-related disorders
WO2005026129A1 (en) 2003-09-15 2005-03-24 Gpc Biotech Ag Pharmaceutically active 4,6-disubstituted aminopyrimidine derivatives as modulators of protein kinases
CA2553513A1 (en) 2004-01-22 2005-08-04 Altana Pharma Ag N-4-(6- (heteo) aryl-pyrimidin-4-ylaminophenyl) -bezenesulfonamides as kinase inhibitors
EP1901747A2 (en) * 2005-05-25 2008-03-26 Ingenium Pharmaceuticals AG Pyrimidine-based cdk inhibitors for treating pain

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2001047897A1 (en) * 1999-12-28 2001-07-05 Pharmacopeia, Inc. Cytokine, especially tnf-alpha, inhibitors
WO2002094831A1 (en) * 2001-05-18 2002-11-28 Altana Pharma Ag Novel pyridylmethylaminopyrimidines
WO2003037891A1 (en) * 2001-11-01 2003-05-08 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Heteroaryl amines as glycogen synthase kinase 3beta inhibitors (gsk3 inhibitors)
WO2004048365A1 (en) * 2002-11-21 2004-06-10 Chiron Corporation 2,4,6-trisubstituted pyrimidines as phosphotidylinositol (pi) 3-kinase inhibitors and their use in the treatment of cancer

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
REUVENI HADAS ET AL: "Toward a PKB inhibitor: Modification of a selective PKA inhibitor by rational design", BIOCHEMISTRY, AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY. EASTON, PA, US, vol. 41, no. 32, 13 August 2002 (2002-08-13), pages 10304 - 10314, XP002267237, ISSN: 0006-2960 *

Cited By (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6907921B2 (en) 1998-06-18 2005-06-21 3M Innovative Properties Company Microchanneled active fluid heat exchanger
US8119655B2 (en) 2005-10-07 2012-02-21 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Kinase inhibitors
US8846681B2 (en) 2006-07-06 2014-09-30 Array Biopharma, Inc. Pyrimidyl cyclopentanes as AKT protein kinase inhibitors
US8278450B2 (en) 2007-04-18 2012-10-02 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Kinase inhibitors
US9150548B2 (en) 2011-04-01 2015-10-06 Genentech, Inc. Combinations of AKT inhibitor compounds and vemurafenib, and methods of use
US9610289B2 (en) 2011-04-01 2017-04-04 Genentech, Inc. Combinations of AKT inhibitor compounds and erlotinib, and methods of use
US9682082B2 (en) 2011-04-01 2017-06-20 Genentech, Inc. Combinations of AKT and MEK inhibitor compounds, and methods of use
US9717730B2 (en) 2011-04-01 2017-08-01 Genentech, Inc. Combinations of AKT inhibitor compounds and chemotherapeutic agents, and methods of use
US10092567B2 (en) 2011-04-01 2018-10-09 Genentech, Inc. Combinations of AKT inhibitor compounds and chemotherapeutic agents, and methods of use

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
IL179883A0 (en) 2007-05-15
JP5065017B2 (en) 2012-10-31
ES2328601T3 (en) 2009-11-16
ATE434614T1 (en) 2009-07-15
MXPA06014747A (en) 2007-02-16
KR20070027723A (en) 2007-03-09
US20070208034A1 (en) 2007-09-06
US7879853B2 (en) 2011-02-01
ZA200609637B (en) 2008-08-27
EP1763526B1 (en) 2009-06-24
NO20070334L (en) 2007-03-28
CA2570552A1 (en) 2006-01-05
JP2008504251A (en) 2008-02-14
DE602005015110D1 (en) 2009-08-06
CN1972934A (en) 2007-05-30
BRPI0512547A (en) 2008-03-25
EP1763526A1 (en) 2007-03-21
WO2006000589A8 (en) 2006-11-16
AU2005256659A1 (en) 2006-01-05

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP1763526B1 (en) 4,6-disubstituted pyrimidines and their use as protein kinase inhibitors
US7745446B2 (en) Pyrazolo[1,5-c]pyrimidines
JP6781736B2 (en) New 4,6-disubstituted aminopyrimidine derivative
US8575193B2 (en) N-substituted tetrahydroisoquinoline/isoindoline hydroxamic acid compounds
EP3087070B1 (en) Pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine derivatives and methods of their use
KR101194510B1 (en) N-sulphonylpyrroles and their use as histone deacetylase inhibitors
CA2697077C (en) 2-heteroarylamino-pyrimidine derivatives as kinase inhibitors
KR101906146B1 (en) Heat shock protein binding compounds, compositions, and methods for making and using same
US20110065734A1 (en) Novel bifunctional compounds which inhibit protein kinases and histone deacetylases
AU2008289037B2 (en) 5- (4- (haloalkoxy) phenyl) pyrimidine-2-amine compounds and compositions as kinase inhibitors
CA2877589C (en) Bifluorodioxalane-amino-benzimidazole kinase inhibitors for the treatment of cancer, autoimmuneinflammation and cns disorders
AU2015202675A1 (en) Heteroaryl compounds and uses thereof
AU2007206048A1 (en) Pyrimidine derivatives used as PI-3 kinase inhibitors
KR20120007055A (en) Heteroaryl compounds and uses thereof
JP2007521287A (en) Pyrimidines useful as regulators of voltage-gated ion channels
JP5469604B2 (en) New tetrahydro-fused pyridine

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BW BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE EG ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KM KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NA NG NI NO NZ OM PG PH PL PT RO RU SC SD SE SG SK SL SM SY TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): GM KE LS MW MZ NA SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LT LU MC NL PL PT RO SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 200609637

Country of ref document: ZA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 551599

Country of ref document: NZ

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2570552

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 179883

Country of ref document: IL

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: PA/a/2006/014747

Country of ref document: MX

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2005769611

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2007517306

Country of ref document: JP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 11630352

Country of ref document: US

Ref document number: 2007208034

Country of ref document: US

Ref document number: 200580020545.8

Country of ref document: CN

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWW Wipo information: withdrawn in national office

Ref document number: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 76/MUMNP/2007

Country of ref document: IN

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1020077001451

Country of ref document: KR

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2005256659

Country of ref document: AU

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2005256659

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20050628

Kind code of ref document: A

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2005256659

Country of ref document: AU

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 1020077001451

Country of ref document: KR

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2005769611

Country of ref document: EP

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 11630352

Country of ref document: US

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: PI0512547

Country of ref document: BR